module web.GraphController
class GraphController(parent, model, renderer, params)
parent (Widget
)
model (GraphModel
)
renderer (GraphRenderer
)
params (GraphControllerParams
)
method getContext() → Object
Returns the current mode, measure and groupbys, so we can restore the view when we save the current state in the search view, or when we add it to the dashboard.
Object
method renderButtons([$node])
Render the buttons according to the GraphView.buttons and add listeners on it. Set this.$buttons with the produced jQuery element
- $node (
jQuery
) – a jQuery node where the rendered buttons should
be inserted $node may be undefined, in which case the GraphView does
nothingclass GraphControllerParams()
attribute measures string[]
attribute isEmbedded boolean
attribute groupableFields, string[]
module pad.pad
class FieldPad(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (FieldPadOptions
)
method commitChanges()
If we had to generate an url, we wait for the generation to be completed, so the current record will be associated with the correct pad url.
class FieldPadOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
module web.contentdisposition
Stripped down to only parsing/decoding.
namespace
function parse(string) → ContentDisposition
Parse Content-Disposition header string.
- string (
string
)function parse(string) → ContentDisposition
Parse Content-Disposition header string.
- string (
string
)function ContentDisposition(type, parameters)
Class for parsed Content-Disposition header for v8 optimization
type (string
)
parameters (object
)
module web.collections
namespace
class Tree(data)
- data (
any
) – the data associated to the root nodeAllows to build a tree representation of a data.
method getData() → *
Returns the root’s associated data.
any
method addChild(tree)
Adds a child tree.
- tree (
Tree
)class Tree(data)
- data (
any
) – the data associated to the root nodeAllows to build a tree representation of a data.
method getData() → *
Returns the root’s associated data.
any
method addChild(tree)
Adds a child tree.
- tree (
Tree
)module web.ServiceProviderMixin
namespace ServiceProviderMixin
module mail.model.MultiUserChannel
class MultiUserChannel(params)
- params (
MultiUserChannelParams
)method isMassMailing() → boolean
States whether this thread has the mass mailing setting active or not. This is a server-side setting, that determine the type of composer that is used (basic or extended composer).
boolean
method unsubscribe() → $.Promise
Unsubscribes from channel
jQuery.Promise
class MultiUserChannelParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.mass_mailing boolean
attribute data.public string
- either ‘public’ or
- ‘private’
module web.CrashManager
class RedirectWarningHandler(parent, error)
Handle redirection warnings, which behave more or less like a regular warning, with an additional redirection button.
namespace ExceptionHandler
An interface to implement to handle exceptions. Register implementation in instance.web.crash_manager_registry.
function display()
Called to inform to display the widget, if necessary. A typical way would be to implement this interface in a class extending instance.web.Dialog and simply display the dialog in this method.
class CrashManager()
module pos_restaurant.multiprint
namespace
module mail.model.ThreadTypingMixin
namespace ThreadTypingMixin
Mixin for enabling the “is typing…” notification on a type of thread.
function getTypingMembersToText() → string
Get the text to display when some partners are typing something on the thread:
single typing partner:
A is typing…two typing partners:
A and B are typing…three or more typing partners:
A, B and more are typing…
The choice of the members name for display is not random: it displays the user that have been typing for the longest time. Also, this function is hard-coded to display at most 2 partners. This limitation comes from how translation works in Odoo, for which unevaluated string cannot be translated.
string
function hasTypingNotification() → boolean
Threads with this mixin have the typing notification feature
boolean
function registerTyping(params)
Register someone that is currently typing something in this thread. If this is the current user that is typing something, don’t do anything (we do not have to display anything)
This method is ignored if we try to register the current user.
- params (
RegisterTypingParams
)class RegisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner linked to the user
- currently typing something on the thread.
function setMyselfTyping(params)
This method must be called when the user starts or stops typing something in the composer of the thread.
- params (
SetMyselfTypingParams
)class SetMyselfTypingParams()
attribute typing boolean
tell whether the current is typing or not.
function unregisterTyping(params)
Unregister someone from currently typing something in this thread.
- params (
UnregisterTypingParams
)class UnregisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner related to the user
- that is currently typing something
namespace ThreadTypingMixin
Mixin for enabling the “is typing…” notification on a type of thread.
function getTypingMembersToText() → string
Get the text to display when some partners are typing something on the thread:
single typing partner:
A is typing…two typing partners:
A and B are typing…three or more typing partners:
A, B and more are typing…
The choice of the members name for display is not random: it displays the user that have been typing for the longest time. Also, this function is hard-coded to display at most 2 partners. This limitation comes from how translation works in Odoo, for which unevaluated string cannot be translated.
string
function hasTypingNotification() → boolean
Threads with this mixin have the typing notification feature
boolean
function registerTyping(params)
Register someone that is currently typing something in this thread. If this is the current user that is typing something, don’t do anything (we do not have to display anything)
This method is ignored if we try to register the current user.
- params (
RegisterTypingParams
)class RegisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner linked to the user
- currently typing something on the thread.
function setMyselfTyping(params)
This method must be called when the user starts or stops typing something in the composer of the thread.
- params (
SetMyselfTypingParams
)class SetMyselfTypingParams()
attribute typing boolean
tell whether the current is typing or not.
function unregisterTyping(params)
Unregister someone from currently typing something in this thread.
- params (
UnregisterTypingParams
)class UnregisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner related to the user
- that is currently typing something
module web.AbstractAction
class AbstractAction(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.method on_attach_callback()
Called each time the action is attached into the DOM.
method on_detach_callback()
Called each time the action is detached from the DOM.
method canBeRemoved() → Deferred
In some situations, we need confirmation from the controller that the current state can be destroyed without prejudice to the user. For example, if the user has edited a form, maybe we should ask him if we can discard all his changes when we switch to another action. In that case, the action manager will call this method. If the returned deferred is succesfully resolved, then we can destroy the current action, otherwise, we need to stop.
method getContext()
This function is called when the current context (~state) of the action should be known. For instance, if the action is a view controller, this may be useful to reinstantiate the view in the same state.
method giveFocus()
Gives the focus to the action
method renderButtons($node)
Renders the buttons to append, in most cases, to the control panel (in the bottom left corner). When the action is rendered in a dialog, those buttons might be moved to the dialog’s footer.
- $node (
jQuery
)module board.BoardView
class BoardView(viewInfo)
- viewInfo
module website_rating_project.rating
namespace
module web.GraphView
class GraphView(viewInfo, params)
viewInfo
params
module web.AbstractWebClient
class AbstractWebClient(parent)
method set_title(title)
Sets the first part of the title of the window, dedicated to the current action.
- title
method do_action()
When do_action is performed on the WebClient, forward it to the main ActionManager This allows to widgets that are not inside the ActionManager to perform do_action
method current_action_updated(action, controller)
Handler to be overridden, called each time the UI is updated by the ActionManager.
action (Object
) – the action of the currently displayed controller
controller (Object
) – the currently displayed controller
module point_of_sale.chrome
namespace
module website_hr_recruitment.tour
namespace
module mail.model.MailFailure
class MailFailure(parent, data)
parent (mail.Manager
)
data (MailFailureData
)
method getDocumentModel() → string
Get the document model that this mail failure is linked to.
string
method getDocumentID() → integer
Get the document ID that this mail failure is linked to.
integer
method getMessageID() → integer
Get the ID of the message that this mail failure is related to.
integer
method getPreview() → Object
Get a valid object for the ‘mail.preview’ template
Object
method isLinkedToDocument() → boolean
Tell whether the mail failure comes from a message in a document.
boolean
class MailFailureData()
attribute last_message_date string
attribute message_id integer
attribute model string
attribute model_name string
attribute module_icon string
attribute notifications Array
attribute record_name string
attribute res_id integer
attribute uuid string
module mail.model.SearchableThread
class SearchableThread(params)
- params (
SearchableThreadParams
)This is a version of a thread that is handling a cache. Basically, this cache is an object indexed by stringified indexes. These indexes represent the domain of messages that match this domain.
Any threads that are instances of this Class can be used with a search view, in order to make searches on messages in a thread.
method getLastSeenMessageID() → integer|null
Get the last seen message for a given thread
integer
or nullmethod hasMessages([options]) → boolean
Override so that a thread can tell whether there are message based on the domain.
- options={} (
HasMessagesOptions
)boolean
class HasMessagesOptions()
attribute domain Array
function invalidateCaches()
Invalidate the caches of the thread
function isAllHistoryLoaded(domain) → boolean
State whether all messages have been loaded or not
- domain (
Array
)boolean
function removeMessage(messageID)
Remove message with ID messageID
from this thread
This is equivalent to removing this message from all the caches
- messageID (
integer
)function setLastSeenMessageID(messageID)
Set ‘messageID’ as the ID of the last message seen in this thread
- messageID (
integer
)class SearchableThreadParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.seen_message_id integer
class SearchableThread(params)
- params (
SearchableThreadParams
)This is a version of a thread that is handling a cache. Basically, this cache is an object indexed by stringified indexes. These indexes represent the domain of messages that match this domain.
Any threads that are instances of this Class can be used with a search view, in order to make searches on messages in a thread.
method getLastSeenMessageID() → integer|null
Get the last seen message for a given thread
integer
or nullmethod hasMessages([options]) → boolean
Override so that a thread can tell whether there are message based on the domain.
- options={} (
HasMessagesOptions
)boolean
class HasMessagesOptions()
attribute domain Array
function invalidateCaches()
Invalidate the caches of the thread
function isAllHistoryLoaded(domain) → boolean
State whether all messages have been loaded or not
- domain (
Array
)boolean
function removeMessage(messageID)
Remove message with ID messageID
from this thread
This is equivalent to removing this message from all the caches
- messageID (
integer
)function setLastSeenMessageID(messageID)
Set ‘messageID’ as the ID of the last message seen in this thread
- messageID (
integer
)class SearchableThreadParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.seen_message_id integer
module web.FiltersMenu
class FiltersMenu(parent, filters, fields)
parent (Widget
)
filters (Array
<Object
>) – list of filters (type IFilter below)
interface IFilter {
itemId: string; unique id associated with the filter
domain: string;
isPeriod: boolean
fieldName: string; fieldName used to generate a domain in case isDate is true (and domain empty)
description: string; label printed on screen
groupId: string;
isActive: boolean; (optional) determines if the filter is considered active
isOpen: boolean; (optional) in case there are options the submenu presenting the options
is opened or closed according to isOpen
isRemovable: boolean; (optional) can be removed from menu
options: array of objects with ‘optionId’ and ‘description’ keys; (optional)
defaultOptionId: string refers to an optionId (optional)
currentOptionId: string refers to an optionId that is activated if item is active (optional)
}
fields (Object
)
module barcodes.BarcodeEvents
namespace
object BarcodeEvents instance of BarcodeEvents
Singleton that emits barcode_scanned events on core.bus
attribute ReservedBarcodePrefixes Array
List of barcode prefixes that are reserved for internal purposes
module auth_password_policy.Meter
class PasswordPolicyMeter(parent, required, recommended)
parent
required
recommended
method update(password)
Updates the meter with the information of the new password: computes the (required x recommended) score and sets the widget’s value as that
- password (
String
)module bus.BusService
class BusService()
method start()
This method is necessary in order for this Class to be used to instantiate services
method sendNotification(title, content[, callback])
Send a notification, and notify once per browser’s tab
title (string
)
content (string
)
callback (function
) – if given callback will be called when user clicks on notification
method onNotification(receiver, func)
Register listeners on notifications received on this bus service
receiver (Object
)
func (function
)
module web.ajax
namespace loadXML
Loads an XML file according to the given URL and adds its associated qweb templates to the given qweb engine. The function can also be used to get the deferred which indicates when all the calls to the function are finished.
Note: “all the calls” = the calls that happened before the current no-args one + the calls that will happen after but when the previous ones are not finished yet.
function loadLibs(libs) → Deferred
Loads the given js and css libraries. Note that the ajax loadJS and loadCSS methods don’t do anything if the given file is already loaded.
- libs (
LoadLibsLibs
)class LoadLibsLibs()
attribute cssLibs Array<string>
- A list of css files, to be loaded in
- parallel
function get_file(options) → boolean
Cooperative file download implementation, for ajaxy APIs.
Requires that the server side implements an httprequest correctly
setting the fileToken
cookie to the value provided as the token
parameter. The cookie must be set on the /
path and must not be
httpOnly
.
It would probably also be a good idea for the response to use a
Content-Disposition: attachment
header, especially if the MIME is a
“known” type (e.g. text/plain, or for some browsers application/json
- options (
GetFileOptions
)boolean
class GetFileOptions()
attribute url String
used to dynamically create a form
attribute data Object
data to add to the form submission. If can be used without a form, in which case a form is created from scratch. Otherwise, added to form data
attribute form HTMLFormElement
the form to submit in order to fetch the file
attribute success Function
callback in case of download success
attribute error Function
callback in case of request error, provided with the error body
attribute complete Function
called after both success
and error
callbacks have executed
namespace loadCSS
Load css asynchronously: fetch it from the url parameter and add a link tag to <head>. If the url has already been requested and loaded, the promise will resolve immediately.
namespace ajax
namespace loadCSS
Load css asynchronously: fetch it from the url parameter and add a link tag to <head>. If the url has already been requested and loaded, the promise will resolve immediately.
namespace loadXML
Loads an XML file according to the given URL and adds its associated qweb templates to the given qweb engine. The function can also be used to get the deferred which indicates when all the calls to the function are finished.
Note: “all the calls” = the calls that happened before the current no-args one + the calls that will happen after but when the previous ones are not finished yet.
function loadLibs(libs) → Deferred
Loads the given js and css libraries. Note that the ajax loadJS and loadCSS methods don’t do anything if the given file is already loaded.
- libs (
LoadLibsLibs
)class LoadLibsLibs()
attribute cssLibs Array<string>
- A list of css files, to be loaded in
- parallel
function get_file(options) → boolean
Cooperative file download implementation, for ajaxy APIs.
Requires that the server side implements an httprequest correctly
setting the fileToken
cookie to the value provided as the token
parameter. The cookie must be set on the /
path and must not be
httpOnly
.
It would probably also be a good idea for the response to use a
Content-Disposition: attachment
header, especially if the MIME is a
“known” type (e.g. text/plain, or for some browsers application/json
- options (
GetFileOptions
)boolean
class GetFileOptions()
attribute url String
used to dynamically create a form
attribute data Object
data to add to the form submission. If can be used without a form, in which case a form is created from scratch. Otherwise, added to form data
attribute form HTMLFormElement
the form to submit in order to fetch the file
attribute success Function
callback in case of download success
attribute error Function
callback in case of request error, provided with the error body
attribute complete Function
called after both success
and error
callbacks have executed
module web.dataComparisonUtils
namespace
module mail.Manager.Notification
class MailManager(parent)
- parent
method addMessage(data)
For new posted message of current user in a document thread: store it in the localStorage to make it appear on the other tabs.
Note: ‘addMessage’ modifies the message in place (by setting the channel_id, so we must store the message in the localStorage before calling ‘addMessage’)
- data (
AddMessageData
)class AddMessageData()
attribute author_id Array
- [int, string] where int is server ID of
- the author, and string is the name of the author.
attribute id integer
server ID of the message
attribute model string
- the model name of the document that this
- message is related to.
attribute res_id integer
- the ID of the document that this message
- is related to.
function createChannel(name, type) → $.Promise<integer>
Creates a channel, can be either a true channel or a DM chat based on
type
name (integer
or string
) – id of partner (in case of dm) or name
type (string
) – [‘dm_chat’, ‘public’, ‘private’]
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function getCannedResponses() → Array
Returns the list of canned responses A canned response is a pre-formatted text that is triggered with some keystrokes, such as with ‘:’.
Array
function getChannel(threadID) → mail.model.Channel|undefined
Returns a channel corresponding to the given id.
- threadID (
integer
)mail.model.Channel
or undefinedfunction getChannels() → mail.model.Channel[]
Returns a list of channels
Array
<mail.model.Channel
>function getChannelPreviews() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Overrides to filter out the Support channel from the previews.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getDiscussMenuID() → integer
Returns the record id of ir.ui.menu for Discuss
integer
function getDMChatFromPartnerID(partnerID) → Object|undefined
Gets direct message channel
- partnerID (
integer
)Object
or undefinedfunction getMailFailures() → mail.model.MailFailure[]
Returns a list of mail failures
Array
<mail.model.MailFailure
>function getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → Array<Object[]>
Get partners as mentions from a chatter Typically all employees as partner suggestions.
Array
<Array
<Object
>>function getMessage(messageID) → mail.model.Message|undefined
Gets message from its ID
- messageID (
integer
)mail.model.Message
or undefinedfunction getSystrayPreviews([filter]) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Returns the previews to display in the systray’s messaging menu.
- filter=undefined (
string
) – specify ‘chat’ or ‘channels’ to only
get previews for that type of threadsjQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getModeratedChannelIDs() → integer[]
Get the list of channel IDs where the current user is a moderator
Array
<integer
>function getOdoobotID() → string
Get the OdooBot ID, which is the default authorID for transient messages
string
function getThread(threadID) → mail.model.Thread|undefined
Returns thread matching provided ID, if any
- threadID (
string
or integer
)mail.model.Thread
or undefinedfunction getThreads() → mail.model.Thread[]
Returns a list of threads
Array
<mail.model.Thread
>function isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is a moderator or not
boolean
function isReady() → $.Promise
States whether the mail manager is ready or not This is the case when it has fetched the initial state from the server, by means of the route ‘mail/init_messaging’
jQuery.Promise
function joinChannel(channelID[, options]) → $.Promise<integer>
Join an existing channel See @createChannel to join a new channel
channelID (integer
)
options (Object
) – options to be passed on channel add
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function markMessagesAsRead(messageIDs) → $.Promise
Mark messages as read
- messageIDs (
Array
) – list of messages IDsjQuery.Promise
function openThread(threadID)
Open the thread window if discuss is not opened
- threadID (
integer
or string
)function redirect(resModel, resID[, dmRedirectionCallback])
Special redirection handling for given model and id
If the model is res.partner, and there is a user associated with this partner which isn’t the current user, open the DM chat with this user. Otherwhise, open the record’s form view (if not current user’s).
resModel (string
) – model to open
resID (integer
) – record to open
dmRedirectionCallback (function
) – only used if ‘res.partner’,
a function that has a threadID as input
function removeMessageFromThreads(message)
Remove the message from all of its threads
- message (
mail.model.Message
)function searchPartner(searchVal, limit) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Search among prefetched partners, using the string ‘searchVal’
searchVal (string
)
limit (integer
) – max number of found partners in the response
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function unstarAll() → $.Promise
Unstars all messages from all channels
jQuery.Promise
function getDocumentThread(model, resID) → integer
Returns a document thread corresponding to the given model and resID.
model (string
) – of the document thread, if it exists
resID
integer
function getOrAddDocumentThread(params) → mail.model.DocumentThread
Add a new document thread, or get if it exists already.
Also, if a name is provided for the document thread, it overwrites the previous one.
- params (
GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams
)class GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams()
attribute message_ids interger[]
- the list of message ids linked
- to the document (if not given, they will be fetched before fetching the messages)
attribute name string
- if provided, overwrites the name of the
- existing document thread
attribute resID integer
attribute resModel string
function updateDocumentThreadState(threadID, state)
Updates the state of a given document thread (stored in localStorage). Garbage collects windows previously marked as ‘closed’ (assuming that the info has already been processed by the other tabs).
threadID (string
) – ID of a document thread
state (UpdateDocumentThreadStateState
)
class UpdateDocumentThreadStateState()
attribute name string
name of the document thread
attribute windowState string
(‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)
function initSupport()
Initialises the Support: checks if there is a pending chat session between the user and Support, and if so, re-opens it. Note: we can’t directly override init(), because it is already called when the include is applied, so we use this hook instead (called at webclient startup)
function startPollingSupport([pollingDelay])
Initiates a longpoll with the server hosting the Support channel.
- pollingDelay=POLL_TIMEOUT_DELAY (
integer
) – the longpolling
timeout delay to setfunction startSupportLivechat([channelState]) → Deferred
Opens the Support channel between a livechat operator from the Support database and the current user (if there is an available operator). Ensures to perform only once the request to create/retrieve the Support channel.
- channelState=’open’ (
string
) – state of the Support
channel (see CHANNEL_STATES for accepted values)function updateSupportChannelState(state)
Updates the state of the Support channel (stored in the localStorage).
- state (
string
) – (‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)function openBlankThreadWindow()
Open the blank thread window (i.e. the thread window without any thread linked to it). Make it if there is no blank thread window yet.
function openDMChatWindowFromBlankThreadWindow(partnerID)
Open a DM chat in a thread window. This is useful when selecting a DM chatin the blank thread window, so that it replaces it with the DM chat window.
- partnerID (
integer
)function openThreadWindow(threadID[, options])
Open a thread in a thread window
threadID (integer
) – a valid thread ID
options (OpenThreadWindowOptions
)
class OpenThreadWindowOptions()
attribute passively boolean
- if set to true, open the thread
- window without focusing the input and marking messages as read if it is not open yet, and do nothing otherwise.
attribute keepFoldState boolean
- if set to true, keep the
- fold state of the thread
function updateThreadWindow(threadID, options)
Called when a thread has its window state that has been changed, so its thread window view should be changed to match the model.
threadID (integer
or string
)
options (UpdateThreadWindowOptions
) – option to be applied on opening thread window, if
the thread is detached
class UpdateThreadWindowOptions()
- option to be applied on opening thread window, if
- the thread is detached
attribute passively boolean
- if set, the window will behave
- passively.
module mail.model.AbstractThread
class AbstractThread(params)
Abstract thread is the super class of all threads, either backend threads (which are compatible with mail service) or website livechats.
Abstract threads contain abstract messages
method addMessage(message)
Add a message to this thread.
- message (
mail.model.AbstractMessage
)method fold(folded)
Updates the folded state of the thread
- folded (
boolean
)method getID() → integer|string
Get the ID of this thread
integer
or string
method getName() → string
Get the name of this thread. If the name of the thread has been created by the user from an input, it may be escaped.
string
method getStatus() → string
Get the status of the thread (e.g. ‘online’, ‘offline’, etc.)
string
method getTitle() → string
Returns the title to display in thread window’s headers.
string
method hasTypingNotification() → boolean
States whether this thread is compatible with the ‘is typing…’ feature. By default, threads do not have this feature active.
boolean
method isFolded() → boolean
States whether this thread is folded or not.
boolean
method markAsRead() → $.Promise
Mark the thread as read, which resets the unread counter to 0. This is only performed if the unread counter is not 0.
jQuery.Promise
method postMessage() → $.Promise
Post a message on this thread
jQuery.Promise
method resetUnreadCounter()
Resets the unread counter of this thread to 0.
class AbstractThreadParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.id integer|string
the ID of this thread
attribute data.name string
the name of this thread
attribute data.status string
the status of this thread
attribute parent Object
- Object with the event-dispatcher mixin
- (@see {web.mixins.EventDispatcherMixin})
class AbstractThread(params)
Abstract thread is the super class of all threads, either backend threads (which are compatible with mail service) or website livechats.
Abstract threads contain abstract messages
method addMessage(message)
Add a message to this thread.
- message (
mail.model.AbstractMessage
)method fold(folded)
Updates the folded state of the thread
- folded (
boolean
)method getID() → integer|string
Get the ID of this thread
integer
or string
method getName() → string
Get the name of this thread. If the name of the thread has been created by the user from an input, it may be escaped.
string
method getStatus() → string
Get the status of the thread (e.g. ‘online’, ‘offline’, etc.)
string
method getTitle() → string
Returns the title to display in thread window’s headers.
string
method hasTypingNotification() → boolean
States whether this thread is compatible with the ‘is typing…’ feature. By default, threads do not have this feature active.
boolean
method isFolded() → boolean
States whether this thread is folded or not.
boolean
method markAsRead() → $.Promise
Mark the thread as read, which resets the unread counter to 0. This is only performed if the unread counter is not 0.
jQuery.Promise
method postMessage() → $.Promise
Post a message on this thread
jQuery.Promise
method resetUnreadCounter()
Resets the unread counter of this thread to 0.
class AbstractThreadParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.id integer|string
the ID of this thread
attribute data.name string
the name of this thread
attribute data.status string
the status of this thread
attribute parent Object
- Object with the event-dispatcher mixin
- (@see {web.mixins.EventDispatcherMixin})
module sale_timesheet.ProjectPlan
class ProjectPlan(parent, action)
module web.RamStorage
class RamStorage()
method clear()
Removes all data from the storage
method getItem(key) → string
Returns the value associated with a given key in the storage
- key (
string
)string
method removeItem(key)
Removes the given key from the storage
- key (
string
)method setItem(key, value)
Adds a given key-value pair to the storage, or update the value of the given key if it already exists
key (string
)
value (string
)
module mail.model.Mailbox
class Mailbox(params)
- params (
MailboxParams
)Mailboxes, called “static channels” in earlier version of Odoo, are threads that are not represented on the server. We can see them as “threads that are not conversations”. For instance, the well-known “Inbox” folder contains a list of messages, but the inbox does not represent a conversation: Inbox is modeled as a mailbox.
method decrementMailboxCounter([num])
Decrement the counter of this mailbox. It floors to 0.
- num=1 (
integer
) – how many, at most, the counter is decrementedmethod getMessages([options]) → mail.model.Message[]
Override so that there are options to filter messages based on document model and ID.
- options (
GetMessagesOptions
)Array
<mail.model.Message
>class GetMessagesOptions()
attribute documentModel string
- model of the document that the
- local messages of inbox must be linked to.
attribute documentID integer
- ID of the document that the local
- messages of inbox must be linked to.
function getMailboxCounter() → integer
Get the mailbox counter of this mailbox.
integer
function getMessagePreviews() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Get the preview of the messages from the inbox mailbox. If there are multiple messages associated to a similar document or channel, only keep the lastest message of this document/channel in the previews.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function incrementMailboxCounter([num])
Increment the counter of this mailbox
- num=1 (
integer
) – how many, the counter is incrementedfunction markAllMessagesAsRead(domain) → $.Promise
Marks all messages from the mailbox as read. At the moment, this method makes only sense for ‘Inbox’.
- domain (
Array
)jQuery.Promise
class MailboxParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.id string
the ID of the mailbox, without the mailbox_
prefix.
attribute data.mailboxCounter integer
the initial mailbox counter of this mailbox.
class Mailbox(params)
- params (
MailboxParams
)Mailboxes, called “static channels” in earlier version of Odoo, are threads that are not represented on the server. We can see them as “threads that are not conversations”. For instance, the well-known “Inbox” folder contains a list of messages, but the inbox does not represent a conversation: Inbox is modeled as a mailbox.
method decrementMailboxCounter([num])
Decrement the counter of this mailbox. It floors to 0.
- num=1 (
integer
) – how many, at most, the counter is decrementedmethod getMessages([options]) → mail.model.Message[]
Override so that there are options to filter messages based on document model and ID.
- options (
GetMessagesOptions
)Array
<mail.model.Message
>class GetMessagesOptions()
attribute documentModel string
- model of the document that the
- local messages of inbox must be linked to.
attribute documentID integer
- ID of the document that the local
- messages of inbox must be linked to.
function getMailboxCounter() → integer
Get the mailbox counter of this mailbox.
integer
function getMessagePreviews() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Get the preview of the messages from the inbox mailbox. If there are multiple messages associated to a similar document or channel, only keep the lastest message of this document/channel in the previews.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function incrementMailboxCounter([num])
Increment the counter of this mailbox
- num=1 (
integer
) – how many, the counter is incrementedfunction markAllMessagesAsRead(domain) → $.Promise
Marks all messages from the mailbox as read. At the moment, this method makes only sense for ‘Inbox’.
- domain (
Array
)jQuery.Promise
class MailboxParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.id string
the ID of the mailbox, without the mailbox_
prefix.
attribute data.mailboxCounter integer
the initial mailbox counter of this mailbox.
module web.BasicView
class BasicView()
module web_editor.ace
namespace checkSCSS
Checks the syntax validity of some SCSS.
function _getCheckReturn(isValid[, errorLine][, errorMessage]) → Object
Formats a content-check result (@see checkXML, checkSCSS).
isValid (boolean
)
errorLine (integer
) – needed if isValid is false
errorMessage (string
) – needed if isValid is false
Object
class ViewEditor(parent, viewKey[, options])
parent (Widget
)
viewKey (string
or integer
) – xml_id or id of the view whose linked resources have to be loaded.
options (ViewEditorOptions
)
Allows to visualize resources (by default, XML views) and edit them.
method willStart()
Loads everything the ace library needs to work. It also loads the resources to visualize (@see _loadResources).
method start()
Initializes the library and initial view once the DOM is ready. It also initializes the resize feature of the ace editor.
class ViewEditorOptions()
attribute initialResID string|integer
- a specific view ID / SCSS URL to load on start (otherwise the main
- view ID associated with the specified viewKey will be used)
attribute position string
attribute doNotLoadViews boolean
attribute doNotLoadSCSS boolean
attribute includeBundles boolean
attribute includeAllSCSS boolean
attribute defaultBundlesRestriction string[]
function formatSCSS(scss) → string
Formats some SCSS so that it has proper indentation and structure.
- scss (
string
)string
class ViewEditor(parent, viewKey[, options])
parent (Widget
)
viewKey (string
or integer
) – xml_id or id of the view whose linked resources have to be loaded.
options (ViewEditorOptions
)
Allows to visualize resources (by default, XML views) and edit them.
method willStart()
Loads everything the ace library needs to work. It also loads the resources to visualize (@see _loadResources).
method start()
Initializes the library and initial view once the DOM is ready. It also initializes the resize feature of the ace editor.
class ViewEditorOptions()
attribute initialResID string|integer
- a specific view ID / SCSS URL to load on start (otherwise the main
- view ID associated with the specified viewKey will be used)
attribute position string
attribute doNotLoadViews boolean
attribute doNotLoadSCSS boolean
attribute includeBundles boolean
attribute includeAllSCSS boolean
attribute defaultBundlesRestriction string[]
function formatXML(xml) → string
Formats some XML so that it has proper indentation and structure.
- xml (
string
)string
function checkXML(xml) → Object
Checks the syntax validity of some XML.
- xml (
string
)Object
module pos_restaurant.splitbill
namespace
module website.content.snippets.animation
class Animation(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
Provides a way for executing code once a website DOM element is loaded in the dom and handle the case where the website edit mode is triggered.
Also register AnimationEffect automatically (@see effects, _prepareEffects).
attribute selector Boolean
The selector attribute, if defined, allows to automatically create an
instance of this animation on page load for each DOM element which
matches this selector. The Animation.$target
element will then be that
particular DOM element. This should be the main way of instantiating
Animation
elements.
namespace edit_events
Acts as @see Widget.events except that the events are only binded if the Animation instance is instanciated in edit mode.
namespace read_events
Acts as @see Widget.events except that the events are only binded if the Animation instance is instanciated in readonly mode.
attribute maxFPS Number
The max FPS at which all the automatic animation effects will be running by default.
method start()
Initializes the animation. The method should not be called directly as called automatically on animation instantiation and on restart.
Also, prepares animation’s effects and start them if any.
method destroy()
Destroys the animation and basically restores the target to the state it was before the start method was called (unlike standard widget, the associated $el DOM is not removed).
Also stops animation effects and destroys them if any.
namespace registry
The registry object contains the list of available animations.
class _fixAppleCollapse(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
This is a fix for apple device (<= IPhone 4, IPad 2) Standard bootstrap requires data-toggle=’collapse’ element to be <a/> tags. Unfortunatly one snippet uses a <div/> tag instead. The fix forces an empty click handler on these div, which allows standard bootstrap to work.
This should be removed in a future odoo snippets refactoring.
class autohideMenu(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
Auto adapt the header layout so that elements are not wrapped on a new line.
Note: this works well with the affixMenu… by chance (autohideMenu is called after alphabetically).
class menuDirection(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
Note: this works well with the affixMenu… by chance (menuDirection is called after alphabetically).
class AnimationEffect(parent, updateCallback[, startEvents][, $startTarget][, options])
parent (Object
)
updateCallback (function
) – the animation update callback
startEvents=scroll (string
) – space separated list of events which starts the animation loop
$startTarget=window (jQuery
or DOMElement
) – the element(s) on which the startEvents are listened
options (AnimationEffectOptions
)
In charge of handling one animation loop using the requestAnimationFrame
feature. This is used by the Animation
class below and should not be called
directly by an end developer.
This uses a simple API: it can be started, stopped, played and paused.
method start()
Initializes when the animation must be played and paused and initializes the animation first frame.
method stop()
Pauses the animation and destroys the attached events which trigger the animation to be played or paused.
method play(e)
Forces the requestAnimationFrame loop to start.
- e (
Event
) – the event which triggered the animation to playmethod pause()
Forces the requestAnimationFrame loop to stop.
class AnimationEffectOptions()
attribute getStateCallback function
- a function which returns a value which represents the state of the
- animation, i.e. for two same value, no refreshing of the animation is needed. Can be used for optimization. If the $startTarget is the window element, this defaults to returning the current scoll offset of the window or the size of the window for the scroll and resize events respectively.
attribute endEvents string
- space separated list of events which pause the animation loop. If
- not given, the animation is stopped after a while (if no startEvents is received again)
attribute $endTarget jQuery|DOMElement
the element(s) on which the endEvents are listened
namespace
class Animation(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
Provides a way for executing code once a website DOM element is loaded in the dom and handle the case where the website edit mode is triggered.
Also register AnimationEffect automatically (@see effects, _prepareEffects).
attribute selector Boolean
The selector attribute, if defined, allows to automatically create an
instance of this animation on page load for each DOM element which
matches this selector. The Animation.$target
element will then be that
particular DOM element. This should be the main way of instantiating
Animation
elements.
namespace edit_events
Acts as @see Widget.events except that the events are only binded if the Animation instance is instanciated in edit mode.
namespace read_events
Acts as @see Widget.events except that the events are only binded if the Animation instance is instanciated in readonly mode.
attribute maxFPS Number
The max FPS at which all the automatic animation effects will be running by default.
method start()
Initializes the animation. The method should not be called directly as called automatically on animation instantiation and on restart.
Also, prepares animation’s effects and start them if any.
method destroy()
Destroys the animation and basically restores the target to the state it was before the start method was called (unlike standard widget, the associated $el DOM is not removed).
Also stops animation effects and destroys them if any.
namespace registry
The registry object contains the list of available animations.
class _fixAppleCollapse(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
This is a fix for apple device (<= IPhone 4, IPad 2) Standard bootstrap requires data-toggle=’collapse’ element to be <a/> tags. Unfortunatly one snippet uses a <div/> tag instead. The fix forces an empty click handler on these div, which allows standard bootstrap to work.
This should be removed in a future odoo snippets refactoring.
class autohideMenu(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
Auto adapt the header layout so that elements are not wrapped on a new line.
Note: this works well with the affixMenu… by chance (autohideMenu is called after alphabetically).
class menuDirection(parent, editableMode)
parent (Object
)
editableMode (boolean
) – true if the page is in edition mode
Note: this works well with the affixMenu… by chance (menuDirection is called after alphabetically).
module website_links.charts
namespace exports
module web.ReportService
class ReportService(parent)
- parent
method checkWkhtmltopdf() → Deferred
Checks the state of the installation of wkhtmltopdf on the server. Implements an internal cache to do the request only once.
module website_blog.editor
namespace
module web.AbstractField
class AbstractField(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (AbstractFieldOptions
)
namespace fieldDependencies
An object representing fields to be fetched by the model eventhough not present in the view This object contains “field name” as key and an object as value. That value object must contain the key “type” see FieldBinaryImage for an example.
attribute resetOnAnyFieldChange Boolean
If this flag is set to true, the field widget will be reset on every change which is made in the view (if the view supports it). This is currently a form view feature.
attribute specialData Boolean
If this flag is given a string, the related BasicModel will be used to initialize specialData the field might need. This data will be available through this.record.specialData[this.name].
attribute supportedFieldTypes Array<String>
to override to indicate which field types are supported by the widget
method willStart()
Loads the libraries listed in this.jsLibs and this.cssLibs
method start() → Deferred
When a field widget is appended to the DOM, its start method is called, and will automatically call render. Most widgets should not override this.
method activate([options]) → boolean
Activates the field widget. By default, activation means focusing and selecting (if possible) the associated focusable element. The selecting part can be disabled. In that case, note that the focused input/textarea will have the cursor at the very end.
- options (
ActivateOptions
)boolean
class ActivateOptions()
attribute noselect boolean
- if false and the input
- is of type text or textarea, the content will also be selected
attribute event Event
the event which fired this activation
function commitChanges() → Deferred|undefined
This function should be implemented by widgets that are not able to notify their environment when their value changes (maybe because their are not aware of the changes) or that may have a value in a temporary state (maybe because some action should be performed to validate it before notifying it). This is typically called before trying to save the widget’s value, so it should call _setValue() to notify the environment if the value changed but was not notified.
Deferred
or undefinedfunction getFocusableElement() → jQuery
Returns the main field’s DOM element (jQuery form) which can be focused by the browser.
jQuery
function isFocusable() → boolean
Returns true iff the widget has a visible element that can take the focus
boolean
function isSet() → boolean
this method is used to determine if the field value is set to a meaningful value. This is useful to determine if a field should be displayed as empty
boolean
function isValid() → boolean
A field widget is valid if it was checked as valid the last time its value was changed by the user. This is checked before saving a record, by the view.
Note: this is the responsability of the view to check that required fields have a set value.
boolean
function reset(record[, event]) → Deferred
this method is supposed to be called from the outside of field widgets. The typical use case is when an onchange has changed the widget value. It will reset the widget to the values that could have changed, then will rerender the widget.
record (any
)
event (OdooEvent
) – an event that triggered the reset action. It
is optional, and may be used by a widget to share information from the
moment a field change event is triggered to the moment a reset
operation is applied.
function removeInvalidClass()
Remove the invalid class on a field
function setIDForLabel(id)
Sets the given id on the focusable element of the field and as ‘for’ attribute of potential internal labels.
- id (
string
)function setInvalidClass()
add the invalid class on a field
function updateModifiersValue(modifiers)
Update the modifiers with the newest value. Now this.attrs.modifiersValue can be used consistantly even with conditional modifiers inside field widgets, and without needing new events or synchronization between the widgets, renderer and controller
- modifiers (
Object
or null) – the updated modifiersclass AbstractFieldOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
module portal.PortalSidebar
class PortalSidebar(parent)
module web.CalendarView
class CalendarView(viewInfo, params)
viewInfo
params
module web.concurrency
namespace
function asyncWhen() → Deferred
The jquery implementation for $.when has a (most of the time) useful property: it is synchronous, if the deferred is resolved immediately.
This means that when we execute $.when(def), then all registered callbacks will be executed before the next line is executed. This is useful quite often, but in some rare cases, we might want to force an async behavior. This is the purpose of this function, which simply adds a setTimeout before resolving the deferred.
function delay([wait]) → Deferred
Returns a deferred resolved after ‘wait’ milliseconds
- wait=0 (
int
) – the delay in msclass DropMisordered([failMisordered])
- failMisordered=false (
boolean
) – whether mis-ordered responses
should be failed or just ignoredThe DropMisordered abstraction is useful for situations where you have a sequence of operations that you want to do, but if one of them completes after a subsequent operation, then its result is obsolete and should be ignored.
Note that is is kind of similar to the DropPrevious abstraction, but subtly different. The DropMisordered operations will all resolves if they complete in the correct order.
method add(deferred) → Deferred
Adds a deferred (usually an async request) to the sequencer
class DropPrevious()
The DropPrevious abstraction is useful when you have a sequence of operations that you want to execute, but you only care of the result of the last operation.
For example, let us say that we have a _fetch method on a widget which fetches data. We want to rerender the widget after. We could do this:
this._fetch().then(function (result) {
self.state = result;
self.render();
});
Now, we have at least two problems:
- if this code is called twice and the second _fetch completes before the first, the end state will be the result of the first _fetch, which is not what we expect
- in any cases, the user interface will rerender twice, which is bad.
Now, if we have a DropPrevious:
this.dropPrevious = new DropPrevious();
Then we can wrap the _fetch in a DropPrevious and have the expected result:
this.dropPrevious
.add(this._fetch())
.then(function (result) {
self.state = result;
self.render();
});
method add(deferred) → Promise
Registers a new deferred and rejects the previous one
- deferred (
Deferred
) – the new deferredPromise
class Mutex()
A (Odoo) mutex is a primitive for serializing computations. This is useful to avoid a situation where two computations modify some shared state and cause some corrupted state.
Imagine that we have a function to fetch some data _load(), which returns a deferred which resolves to something useful. Now, we have some code looking like this:
return this._load().then(function (result) {
this.state = result;
});
If this code is run twice, but the second execution ends before the first, then the final state will be the result of the first call to _load. However, if we have a mutex:
this.mutex = new Mutex();
and if we wrap the calls to _load in a mutex:
return this.mutex.exec(function() {
return this._load().then(function (result) {
this.state = result;
});
});
Then, it is guaranteed that the final state will be the result of the second execution.
A Mutex has to be a class, and not a function, because we have to keep track of some internal state.
method exec(action) → Deferred
Add a computation to the queue, it will be executed as soon as the previous computations are completed.
- action (
function
) – a function which may return a deferredclass MutexedDropPrevious()
A MutexedDropPrevious is a primitive for serializing computations while skipping the ones that where executed between a current one and before the execution of a new one. This is useful to avoid useless RPCs.
You can read the Mutex description to understand its role ; for the DropPrevious part of this abstraction, imagine the following situation: you have a code that call the server with a fixed argument and a list of operations that only grows after each call and you only care about the RPC result (the server code doesn’t do anything). If this code is called three times (A B C) and C is executed before B has started, it’s useless to make an extra RPC (B) if you know that it won’t have an impact and you won’t use its result.
Note that the promise returned by the exec call won’t be resolved if exec is called before the first exec call resolution ; only the promise returned by the last exec call will be resolved (the other are rejected);
A MutexedDropPrevious has to be a class, and not a function, because we have to keep track of some internal state. The exec function takes as argument an action (and not a deferred as DropPrevious for example) because it’s the MutexedDropPrevious role to trigger the RPC call that returns a deferred when it’s time.
function rejectAfter([target_def][, reference_def]) → Deferred
Rejects a deferred as soon as a reference deferred is either resolved or rejected
module web.CalendarModel
class ()
function calendarEventToRecord(event)
Transform fullcalendar event object to OpenERP Data object
- event
function next()
Move the current date range to the next period
function prev()
Move the current date range to the previous period
function today()
Move the current date range to the period containing today
function toggleFullWidth()
Toggle the sidebar (containing the mini calendar)
module website.contentMenu
namespace
module mail.composer.Chatter
class ChatterComposer(parent, model, suggestedPartners, options)
parent
model
suggestedPartners
options
Chat Composer for the Chatter
Extends the basic Composer Widget to add ‘suggested partner’ layer (open popup when suggested partner is selected without email, or other informations), and the button to open the full composer wizard.
method clearComposerOnSend()
Chatter don’t clear message on sent but after successful sent
class ChatterComposer(parent, model, suggestedPartners, options)
parent
model
suggestedPartners
options
Chat Composer for the Chatter
Extends the basic Composer Widget to add ‘suggested partner’ layer (open popup when suggested partner is selected without email, or other informations), and the button to open the full composer wizard.
method clearComposerOnSend()
Chatter don’t clear message on sent but after successful sent
module account.AccountPortalSidebar
class AccountPortalSidebar(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.module account.ReconciliationModel
class ManualModel(parent, options)
parent (Widget
)
options (object
)
Model use to fetch, format and update ‘account.move.line’ and ‘res.partner’ datas allowing manual reconciliation
method load(context) → Deferred
load data from - ‘account.reconciliation.widget’ fetch the lines to reconciliate - ‘account.account’ fetch all account code
- context (
LoadContext
)class LoadContext()
attribute mode string
‘customers’, ‘suppliers’ or ‘accounts’
attribute company_ids integer[]
attribute partner_ids integer[]
- used for ‘customers’ and
- ‘suppliers’ mode
function validate(handle) → Deferred<Array>
Mark the account or the partner as reconciled
- handle (
string
or Array
<string
>)Deferred
<Array
>class StatementModel(parent, options)
parent (Widget
)
options (object
)
Model use to fetch, format and update ‘account.reconciliation.widget’, datas allowing reconciliation
The statement internal structure:
{
valuenow: integer
valuenow: valuemax
[bank_statement_id]: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
reconcileModels: [object]
accounts: {id: code}
}
The internal structure of each line is:
{
balance: {
type: number - show/hide action button
amount: number - real amount
amount_str: string - formated amount
account_code: string
},
st_line: {
partner_id: integer
partner_name: string
}
mode: string ('inactive', 'match', 'create')
reconciliation_proposition: {
id: number|string
partial_reconcile: boolean
invalid: boolean - through the invalid line (without account, label...)
is_tax: boolean
account_code: string
date: string
date_maturity: string
label: string
amount: number - real amount
amount_str: string - formated amount
[already_paid]: boolean
[partner_id]: integer
[partner_name]: string
[account_code]: string
[journal_id]: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
[ref]: string
[is_partially_reconciled]: boolean
[amount_currency_str]: string|false (amount in record currency)
}
mv_lines: object - idem than reconciliation_proposition
offset: integer
limitMoveLines: integer
filter: string
[createForm]: {
account_id: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
tax_id: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
analytic_account_id: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
analytic_tag_ids: {
}
label: string
amount: number,
[journal_id]: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
}
}
method addProposition(handle, mv_line_id) → Deferred
add a reconciliation proposition from the matched lines We also display a warning if the user tries to add 2 line with different account type
handle (string
)
mv_line_id (number
)
method changeFilter(handle, filter) → Deferred
change the filter for the target line and fetch the new matched lines
handle (string
)
filter (string
)
method changeMode(handle, mode) → Deferred
change the mode line (‘inactive’, ‘match’, ‘create’), and fetch the new matched lines or prepare to create a new line
match
- display the matched lines, the user can select the lines to apply there as proposition
create
- display fields and quick create button to create a new proposition for the reconciliation
handle (string
)
mode (inactive or match or create)
method changeName(name) → Deferred
call ‘write’ method on the ‘account.bank.statement’
- name (
string
)method changeOffset(handle, offset) → Deferred
change the offset for the matched lines, and fetch the new matched lines
handle (string
)
offset (number
)
method changePartner(handle, partner, preserveMode) → Deferred
change the partner on the line and fetch the new matched lines
handle (string
)
partner (ChangePartnerPartner
)
preserveMode (bool
)
class ChangePartnerPartner()
attribute display_name string
attribute id number
function closeStatement() → Deferred<number>
close the statement
Deferred
<number
>function createProposition(handle) → Deferred
then open the first available line
- handle (
string
)function getContext() → Object
Return context information and journal_id
Object
function getStatementLines() → Object
Return the lines that needs to be displayed by the widget
Object
function hasMoreLines() → boolean
Return a boolean telling if load button needs to be displayed or not
boolean
function getLine(handle) → Object
get the line data for this handle
- handle (
Object
)Object
function load(context) → Deferred
load data from
- ‘account.bank.statement’ fetch the line id and bank_statement_id info
- ‘account.reconcile.model’ fetch all reconcile model (for quick add)
- ‘account.account’ fetch all account code
- ‘account.reconciliation.widget’ fetch each line data
- context (
LoadContext
)class LoadContext()
attribute statement_ids number[]
function loadMore(qty) → Deferred
Load more bank statement line
- qty (
integer
) – quantity to loadfunction loadData(ids, excluded_ids) → Deferred
RPC method to load informations on lines
ids (Array
) – ids of bank statement line passed to rpc call
excluded_ids (Array
) – list of move_line ids that needs to be excluded from search
function quickCreateProposition(handle, reconcileModelId) → Deferred
Add lines into the propositions from the reconcile model Can add 2 lines, and each with its taxes. The second line become editable in the create mode.
handle (string
)
reconcileModelId (integer
)
function removeProposition(handle, id) → Deferred
Remove a proposition and switch to an active mode (‘create’ or ‘match’)
handle (string
)
id (number
) – (move line id)
function togglePartialReconcile(handle) → Deferred
Force the partial reconciliation to display the reconciliate button.
- handle (
string
)function updateProposition(handle, values) → Deferred
Change the value of the editable proposition line or create a new one.
If the editable line comes from a reconcile model with 2 lines and their ‘amount_type’ is “percent” and their total equals 100% (this doesn’t take into account the taxes who can be included or not) Then the total is recomputed to have 100%.
handle (string
)
values (any
)
function validate(handle) → Deferred<Object>
Format the value and send it to ‘account.reconciliation.widget’ model Update the number of validated lines
- handle (
string
or Array
<string
>)Deferred
<Object
>namespace
class StatementModel(parent, options)
parent (Widget
)
options (object
)
Model use to fetch, format and update ‘account.reconciliation.widget’, datas allowing reconciliation
The statement internal structure:
{
valuenow: integer
valuenow: valuemax
[bank_statement_id]: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
reconcileModels: [object]
accounts: {id: code}
}
The internal structure of each line is:
{
balance: {
type: number - show/hide action button
amount: number - real amount
amount_str: string - formated amount
account_code: string
},
st_line: {
partner_id: integer
partner_name: string
}
mode: string ('inactive', 'match', 'create')
reconciliation_proposition: {
id: number|string
partial_reconcile: boolean
invalid: boolean - through the invalid line (without account, label...)
is_tax: boolean
account_code: string
date: string
date_maturity: string
label: string
amount: number - real amount
amount_str: string - formated amount
[already_paid]: boolean
[partner_id]: integer
[partner_name]: string
[account_code]: string
[journal_id]: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
[ref]: string
[is_partially_reconciled]: boolean
[amount_currency_str]: string|false (amount in record currency)
}
mv_lines: object - idem than reconciliation_proposition
offset: integer
limitMoveLines: integer
filter: string
[createForm]: {
account_id: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
tax_id: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
analytic_account_id: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
analytic_tag_ids: {
}
label: string
amount: number,
[journal_id]: {
id: integer
display_name: string
}
}
}
method addProposition(handle, mv_line_id) → Deferred
add a reconciliation proposition from the matched lines We also display a warning if the user tries to add 2 line with different account type
handle (string
)
mv_line_id (number
)
method changeFilter(handle, filter) → Deferred
change the filter for the target line and fetch the new matched lines
handle (string
)
filter (string
)
method changeMode(handle, mode) → Deferred
change the mode line (‘inactive’, ‘match’, ‘create’), and fetch the new matched lines or prepare to create a new line
match
- display the matched lines, the user can select the lines to apply there as proposition
create
- display fields and quick create button to create a new proposition for the reconciliation
handle (string
)
mode (inactive or match or create)
method changeName(name) → Deferred
call ‘write’ method on the ‘account.bank.statement’
- name (
string
)method changeOffset(handle, offset) → Deferred
change the offset for the matched lines, and fetch the new matched lines
handle (string
)
offset (number
)
method changePartner(handle, partner, preserveMode) → Deferred
change the partner on the line and fetch the new matched lines
handle (string
)
partner (ChangePartnerPartner
)
preserveMode (bool
)
class ChangePartnerPartner()
attribute display_name string
attribute id number
function closeStatement() → Deferred<number>
close the statement
Deferred
<number
>function createProposition(handle) → Deferred
then open the first available line
- handle (
string
)function getContext() → Object
Return context information and journal_id
Object
function getStatementLines() → Object
Return the lines that needs to be displayed by the widget
Object
function hasMoreLines() → boolean
Return a boolean telling if load button needs to be displayed or not
boolean
function getLine(handle) → Object
get the line data for this handle
- handle (
Object
)Object
function load(context) → Deferred
load data from
- ‘account.bank.statement’ fetch the line id and bank_statement_id info
- ‘account.reconcile.model’ fetch all reconcile model (for quick add)
- ‘account.account’ fetch all account code
- ‘account.reconciliation.widget’ fetch each line data
- context (
LoadContext
)class LoadContext()
attribute statement_ids number[]
function loadMore(qty) → Deferred
Load more bank statement line
- qty (
integer
) – quantity to loadfunction loadData(ids, excluded_ids) → Deferred
RPC method to load informations on lines
ids (Array
) – ids of bank statement line passed to rpc call
excluded_ids (Array
) – list of move_line ids that needs to be excluded from search
function quickCreateProposition(handle, reconcileModelId) → Deferred
Add lines into the propositions from the reconcile model Can add 2 lines, and each with its taxes. The second line become editable in the create mode.
handle (string
)
reconcileModelId (integer
)
function removeProposition(handle, id) → Deferred
Remove a proposition and switch to an active mode (‘create’ or ‘match’)
handle (string
)
id (number
) – (move line id)
function togglePartialReconcile(handle) → Deferred
Force the partial reconciliation to display the reconciliate button.
- handle (
string
)function updateProposition(handle, values) → Deferred
Change the value of the editable proposition line or create a new one.
If the editable line comes from a reconcile model with 2 lines and their ‘amount_type’ is “percent” and their total equals 100% (this doesn’t take into account the taxes who can be included or not) Then the total is recomputed to have 100%.
handle (string
)
values (any
)
function validate(handle) → Deferred<Object>
Format the value and send it to ‘account.reconciliation.widget’ model Update the number of validated lines
- handle (
string
or Array
<string
>)Deferred
<Object
>class ManualModel(parent, options)
parent (Widget
)
options (object
)
Model use to fetch, format and update ‘account.move.line’ and ‘res.partner’ datas allowing manual reconciliation
method load(context) → Deferred
load data from - ‘account.reconciliation.widget’ fetch the lines to reconciliate - ‘account.account’ fetch all account code
- context (
LoadContext
)class LoadContext()
attribute mode string
‘customers’, ‘suppliers’ or ‘accounts’
attribute company_ids integer[]
attribute partner_ids integer[]
- used for ‘customers’ and
- ‘suppliers’ mode
function validate(handle) → Deferred<Array>
Mark the account or the partner as reconciled
- handle (
string
or Array
<string
>)Deferred
<Array
>module website_links.code_editor
namespace
module partner.autocomplete.fieldchar
class FieldAutocomplete()
FieldChar extension to suggest existing companies when changing the company name on a res.partner view (indeed, it is designed to change the “name”, “website” and “image” fields of records of this model).
class FieldAutocomplete()
FieldChar extension to suggest existing companies when changing the company name on a res.partner view (indeed, it is designed to change the “name”, “website” and “image” fields of records of this model).
module web.ListView
class ListView()
module website.WebsiteRoot
namespace
module web.rpc
namespace
function query(params, options) → Deferred<any>
Perform a RPC. Please note that this is not the preferred way to do a rpc if you are in the context of a widget. In that case, you should use the this._rpc method.
params (Object
) – @see buildQuery for a description
options (Object
)
Deferred
<any
>module web.IFrameWidget
class IFrameWidget(parent, url)
Generic widget to create an iframe that listens for clicks
It should be extended by overwriting the methods:
init: function(parent) {
this._super(parent, <url_of_iframe>);
},
_onIFrameClicked: function(e){
filter the clicks you want to use and apply
an action on it
}
class IFrameWidget(parent, url)
Generic widget to create an iframe that listens for clicks
It should be extended by overwriting the methods:
init: function(parent) {
this._super(parent, <url_of_iframe>);
},
_onIFrameClicked: function(e){
filter the clicks you want to use and apply
an action on it
}
module web_editor.snippets.options
class SnippetOption(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles a set of options for one snippet. The registry returned by this module contains the names of the specialized SnippetOption which can be referenced thanks to the data-js key in the web_editor options template.
attribute preventChildPropagation Boolean
When editing a snippet, its options are shown alongside the ones of its parent snippets. The parent options are only shown if the following flag is set to false (default).
method start()
Called when the option is initialized (i.e. the parent edition overlay is shown for the first time).
method onFocus()
Called when the parent edition overlay is covering the associated snippet (the first time, this follows the call to the @see start method).
method onBuilt()
Called when the parent edition overlay is covering the associated snippet for the first time, when it is a new snippet dropped from the d&d snippet menu. Note: this is called after the start and onFocus methods.
method onBlur()
Called when the parent edition overlay is removed from the associated snippet (another snippet enters edition for example).
method onClone(options)
Called when the associated snippet is the result of the cloning of
another snippet (so this.$target
is a cloned element).
- options (
OnCloneOptions
)class OnCloneOptions()
attribute isCurrent boolean
- true if the associated snippet is a clone of the main element that
- was cloned (so not a clone of a child of this main element that was cloned)
function onMove()
Called when the associated snippet is moved to another DOM location.
function onRemove()
Called when the associated snippet is about to be removed from the DOM.
function cleanForSave()
Called when the template which contains the associated snippet is about to be saved.
function selectClass(previewMode, value, $opt)
Default option method which allows to select one and only one class in
the option classes set and set it on the associated snippet. The common
case is having a subdropdown with each item having a data-select-class
value allowing to choose the associated class.
previewMode (boolean
or string
) – truthy if the option is enabled for preview or if leaving it (in
that second case, the value is ‘reset’)
- false if the option should be activated for good
value (any
) – the class to activate ($opt.data(‘selectClass’))
$opt (jQuery
) – the related DOMElement option
function toggleClass(previewMode, value, $opt)
Default option method which allows to select one or multiple classes in
the option classes set and set it on the associated snippet. The common
case is having a subdropdown with each item having a data-toggle-class
value allowing to toggle the associated class.
previewMode
value
$opt
function $()
Override the helper method to search inside the $target element instead of the dropdown item element.
function notify(name, data)
Sometimes, options may need to notify other options, even in parent editors. This can be done thanks to the ‘option_update’ event, which will then be handled by this function.
name (string
) – an identifier for a type of update
data (any
)
function setTarget($target)
Sometimes, an option is binded on an element but should in fact apply on another one. For example, elements which contain slides: we want all the per-slide options to be in the main menu of the whole snippet. This function allows to set the option’s target.
- $target (
jQuery
) – the new target elementnamespace
class SnippetOption(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles a set of options for one snippet. The registry returned by this module contains the names of the specialized SnippetOption which can be referenced thanks to the data-js key in the web_editor options template.
attribute preventChildPropagation Boolean
When editing a snippet, its options are shown alongside the ones of its parent snippets. The parent options are only shown if the following flag is set to false (default).
method start()
Called when the option is initialized (i.e. the parent edition overlay is shown for the first time).
method onFocus()
Called when the parent edition overlay is covering the associated snippet (the first time, this follows the call to the @see start method).
method onBuilt()
Called when the parent edition overlay is covering the associated snippet for the first time, when it is a new snippet dropped from the d&d snippet menu. Note: this is called after the start and onFocus methods.
method onBlur()
Called when the parent edition overlay is removed from the associated snippet (another snippet enters edition for example).
method onClone(options)
Called when the associated snippet is the result of the cloning of
another snippet (so this.$target
is a cloned element).
- options (
OnCloneOptions
)class OnCloneOptions()
attribute isCurrent boolean
- true if the associated snippet is a clone of the main element that
- was cloned (so not a clone of a child of this main element that was cloned)
function onMove()
Called when the associated snippet is moved to another DOM location.
function onRemove()
Called when the associated snippet is about to be removed from the DOM.
function cleanForSave()
Called when the template which contains the associated snippet is about to be saved.
function selectClass(previewMode, value, $opt)
Default option method which allows to select one and only one class in
the option classes set and set it on the associated snippet. The common
case is having a subdropdown with each item having a data-select-class
value allowing to choose the associated class.
previewMode (boolean
or string
) – truthy if the option is enabled for preview or if leaving it (in
that second case, the value is ‘reset’)
- false if the option should be activated for good
value (any
) – the class to activate ($opt.data(‘selectClass’))
$opt (jQuery
) – the related DOMElement option
function toggleClass(previewMode, value, $opt)
Default option method which allows to select one or multiple classes in
the option classes set and set it on the associated snippet. The common
case is having a subdropdown with each item having a data-toggle-class
value allowing to toggle the associated class.
previewMode
value
$opt
function $()
Override the helper method to search inside the $target element instead of the dropdown item element.
function notify(name, data)
Sometimes, options may need to notify other options, even in parent editors. This can be done thanks to the ‘option_update’ event, which will then be handled by this function.
name (string
) – an identifier for a type of update
data (any
)
function setTarget($target)
Sometimes, an option is binded on an element but should in fact apply on another one. For example, elements which contain slides: we want all the per-slide options to be in the main menu of the whole snippet. This function allows to set the option’s target.
- $target (
jQuery
) – the new target elementnamespace registry
The registry object contains the list of available options.
class sizing_y(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of padding-top and padding-bottom.
class colorpicker(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background color classes.
class pos_background(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background image.
method background(previewMode, value, $opt)
Handles a background change.
previewMode
value
$opt
method chooseImage(previewMode, value, $opt)
Opens a media dialog to add a custom background image.
previewMode
value
$opt
method bindBackgroundEvents()
Attaches events so that when a background-color is set, the background image is removed.
class background_position(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background image position.
method backgroundPosition(previewMode, value, $opt)
Opens a Dialog to edit the snippet’s backgroung image position.
previewMode
value
$opt
class many2one(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Allows to replace a text value with the name of a database record.
class pos_background(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background image.
method background(previewMode, value, $opt)
Handles a background change.
previewMode
value
$opt
method chooseImage(previewMode, value, $opt)
Opens a media dialog to add a custom background image.
previewMode
value
$opt
method bindBackgroundEvents()
Attaches events so that when a background-color is set, the background image is removed.
namespace registry
The registry object contains the list of available options.
class sizing_y(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of padding-top and padding-bottom.
class colorpicker(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background color classes.
class pos_background(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background image.
method background(previewMode, value, $opt)
Handles a background change.
previewMode
value
$opt
method chooseImage(previewMode, value, $opt)
Opens a media dialog to add a custom background image.
previewMode
value
$opt
method bindBackgroundEvents()
Attaches events so that when a background-color is set, the background image is removed.
class background_position(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background image position.
method backgroundPosition(previewMode, value, $opt)
Opens a Dialog to edit the snippet’s backgroung image position.
previewMode
value
$opt
class many2one(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Allows to replace a text value with the name of a database record.
class pos_background(parent, $target, $overlay, data)
parent
$target
$overlay
data
Handles the edition of snippet’s background image.
method background(previewMode, value, $opt)
Handles a background change.
previewMode
value
$opt
method chooseImage(previewMode, value, $opt)
Opens a media dialog to add a custom background image.
previewMode
value
$opt
method bindBackgroundEvents()
Attaches events so that when a background-color is set, the background image is removed.
module web.mixins
namespace
mixin ParentedMixin
Mixin to structure objects’ life-cycles folowing a parent-children relationship. Each object can a have a parent and multiple children. When an object is destroyed, all its children are destroyed too releasing any resource they could have reserved before.
function setParent(parent)
Set the parent of the current object. When calling this method, the parent will also be informed and will return the current object when its getChildren() method is called. If the current object did already have a parent, it is unregistered before, which means the previous parent will not return the current object anymore when its getChildren() method is called.
- parent
function getParent()
Return the current parent of the object (or null).
function getChildren()
Return a list of the children of the current object.
function isDestroyed()
Returns true if destroy() was called on the current object.
function alive(promise[, reject]) → $.Deferred
Utility method to only execute asynchronous actions if the current object has not been destroyed.
promise (jQuery.Deferred
) – The promise representing the asynchronous
action.
reject=false (bool
) – If true, the returned promise will be
rejected with no arguments if the current
object is destroyed. If false, the
returned promise will never be resolved
or rejected.
jQuery.Deferred
function destroy()
Inform the object it should destroy itself, releasing any resource it could have reserved.
function findAncestor(predicate)
Find the closest ancestor matching predicate
- predicate
mixin EventDispatcherMixin
Mixin containing an event system. Events are also registered by specifying the target object (the object which will receive the event when it is raised). Both the event-emitting object and the target object store or reference to each other. This is used to correctly remove all reference to the event handler when any of the object is destroyed (when the destroy() method from ParentedMixin is called). Removing those references is necessary to avoid memory leak and phantom events (events which are raised and sent to a previously destroyed object).
class Events()
Backbone’s events. Do not ever use it directly, use EventDispatcherMixin instead.
This class just handle the dispatching of events, it is not meant to be extended, nor used directly. All integration with parenting and automatic unregistration of events is done in EventDispatcherMixin.
Copyright notice for the following Class:
(c) 2010-2012 Jeremy Ashkenas, DocumentCloud Inc. Backbone may be freely distributed under the MIT license. For all details and documentation: http://backbonejs.org
mixin EventDispatcherMixin
Mixin containing an event system. Events are also registered by specifying the target object (the object which will receive the event when it is raised). Both the event-emitting object and the target object store or reference to each other. This is used to correctly remove all reference to the event handler when any of the object is destroyed (when the destroy() method from ParentedMixin is called). Removing those references is necessary to avoid memory leak and phantom events (events which are raised and sent to a previously destroyed object).
mixin ParentedMixin
Mixin to structure objects’ life-cycles folowing a parent-children relationship. Each object can a have a parent and multiple children. When an object is destroyed, all its children are destroyed too releasing any resource they could have reserved before.
function setParent(parent)
Set the parent of the current object. When calling this method, the parent will also be informed and will return the current object when its getChildren() method is called. If the current object did already have a parent, it is unregistered before, which means the previous parent will not return the current object anymore when its getChildren() method is called.
- parent
function getParent()
Return the current parent of the object (or null).
function getChildren()
Return a list of the children of the current object.
function isDestroyed()
Returns true if destroy() was called on the current object.
function alive(promise[, reject]) → $.Deferred
Utility method to only execute asynchronous actions if the current object has not been destroyed.
promise (jQuery.Deferred
) – The promise representing the asynchronous
action.
reject=false (bool
) – If true, the returned promise will be
rejected with no arguments if the current
object is destroyed. If false, the
returned promise will never be resolved
or rejected.
jQuery.Deferred
function destroy()
Inform the object it should destroy itself, releasing any resource it could have reserved.
function findAncestor(predicate)
Find the closest ancestor matching predicate
- predicate
module account.AccountPortalSidebar.instance
namespace
module web.PivotController
class PivotController(parent, model, renderer, params)
parent
model
renderer
params (PivotControllerParams
)
method getContext() → Object
Returns the current measures and groupbys, so we can restore the view when we save the current state in the search view, or when we add it to the dashboard.
Object
method renderButtons([$node])
Render the buttons according to the PivotView.buttons template and add listeners on it. Set this.$buttons with the produced jQuery element
- $node (
jQuery
) – a jQuery node where the rendered buttons should
be inserted. $node may be undefined, in which case the PivotView
does nothingclass PivotControllerParams()
attribute groupableFields Object
- a map from field name to field
- props
attribute enableLinking boolean
- configure the pivot view to allow
- opening a list view by clicking on a cell with some data.
module web.basic_fields
class FieldProgressBar()
Node options:
- title: title of the bar, displayed on top of the bar options
- editable: boolean if value is editable
- current_value: get the current_value from the field that must be present in the view
- max_value: get the max_value from the field that must be present in the view
- edit_max_value: boolean if the max_value is editable
- title: title of the bar, displayed on top of the bar –> not translated, use parameter “title” instead
class AceEditor()
This widget is intended to be used on Text fields. It will provide Ace Editor for editing XML and Python.
namespace
class FieldDomain()
The “Domain” field allows the user to construct a technical-prefix domain thanks to a tree-like interface and see the selected records in real time. In debug mode, an input is also there to be able to enter the prefix char domain directly (or to build advanced domains the tree-like interface does not allow to).
attribute specialData String
Fetches the number of records which are matched by the domain (if the domain is not server-valid, the value is false) and the model the field must work with.
method isSet()
A domain field is always set since the false value is considered to be equal to “[]” (match all records).
class FieldFloatToggle()
The goal of this widget is to replace the input field by a button containing a range of possible values (given in the options). Each click allows the user to loop in the range. The purpose here is to restrict the field value to a predefined selection. Also, the widget support the factor conversion as the float_factor widget (Range values should be the result of the conversion).
class FieldProgressBar()
Node options:
- title: title of the bar, displayed on top of the bar options
- editable: boolean if value is editable
- current_value: get the current_value from the field that must be present in the view
- max_value: get the max_value from the field that must be present in the view
- edit_max_value: boolean if the max_value is editable
- title: title of the bar, displayed on top of the bar –> not translated, use parameter “title” instead
class FieldToggleBoolean(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (FieldToggleBooleanOptions
)
This widget is intended to be used on boolean fields. It toggles a button switching between a green bullet / gray bullet.
method isSet()
A boolean field is always set since false is a valid value.
class FieldToggleBooleanOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
class HandleWidget(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (HandleWidgetOptions
)
Displays a handle to modify the sequence.
class HandleWidgetOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
class AceEditor()
This widget is intended to be used on Text fields. It will provide Ace Editor for editing XML and Python.
class FieldToggleBoolean(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (FieldToggleBooleanOptions
)
This widget is intended to be used on boolean fields. It toggles a button switching between a green bullet / gray bullet.
method isSet()
A boolean field is always set since false is a valid value.
class FieldToggleBooleanOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
class FieldFloatToggle()
The goal of this widget is to replace the input field by a button containing a range of possible values (given in the options). Each click allows the user to loop in the range. The purpose here is to restrict the field value to a predefined selection. Also, the widget support the factor conversion as the float_factor widget (Range values should be the result of the conversion).
class FieldDomain()
The “Domain” field allows the user to construct a technical-prefix domain thanks to a tree-like interface and see the selected records in real time. In debug mode, an input is also there to be able to enter the prefix char domain directly (or to build advanced domains the tree-like interface does not allow to).
attribute specialData String
Fetches the number of records which are matched by the domain (if the domain is not server-valid, the value is false) and the model the field must work with.
method isSet()
A domain field is always set since the false value is considered to be equal to “[]” (match all records).
class HandleWidget(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (HandleWidgetOptions
)
Displays a handle to modify the sequence.
class HandleWidgetOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
module web.framework
function redirect(url, wait)
Redirect to url by replacing window.location If wait is true, sleep 1s and wait for the server i.e. after a restart.
url
wait
function blockAccessKeys()
Remove the “accesskey” attributes to avoid the use of the access keys while the blockUI is enable.
function Home(parent, action)
Client action to go back home.
parent
action
function ReloadContext(parent, action)
Client action to refresh the session context (making sure HTTP requests will have the right one) then reload the whole interface.
parent
action
namespace
function redirect(url, wait)
Redirect to url by replacing window.location If wait is true, sleep 1s and wait for the server i.e. after a restart.
url
wait
module hr_attendance.kiosk_confirm
class KioskConfirm(parent, action)
parent
action
module web_editor.root_widget
namespace
class RootWidget()
Specialized Widget which automatically instantiates child widgets to attach to internal DOM elements once it is started. The widgets to instantiate are known thanks to a linked registry which contains info about the widget classes and jQuery selectors to use to find the elements to attach them to.
class RootWidget()
Specialized Widget which automatically instantiates child widgets to attach to internal DOM elements once it is started. The widgets to instantiate are known thanks to a linked registry which contains info about the widget classes and jQuery selectors to use to find the elements to attach them to.
module report.client_action
class ReportAction(parent, action, options)
method on_message_received(ev)
Event handler of the message post. We only handle them if they’re from
web.base.url
host and protocol and if they’re part of AUTHORIZED_MESSAGES
.
- ev
module sale.ProductConfiguratorFormView
class ProductConfiguratorFormView()
module website_links.website_links
namespace exports
module hr_attendance.my_attendances
class MyAttendances(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.module web_editor.ready
namespace
module mail.Manager.Window
class MailManager(parent)
- parent
method addMessage(data)
For new posted message of current user in a document thread: store it in the localStorage to make it appear on the other tabs.
Note: ‘addMessage’ modifies the message in place (by setting the channel_id, so we must store the message in the localStorage before calling ‘addMessage’)
- data (
AddMessageData
)class AddMessageData()
attribute author_id Array
- [int, string] where int is server ID of
- the author, and string is the name of the author.
attribute id integer
server ID of the message
attribute model string
- the model name of the document that this
- message is related to.
attribute res_id integer
- the ID of the document that this message
- is related to.
function createChannel(name, type) → $.Promise<integer>
Creates a channel, can be either a true channel or a DM chat based on
type
name (integer
or string
) – id of partner (in case of dm) or name
type (string
) – [‘dm_chat’, ‘public’, ‘private’]
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function getCannedResponses() → Array
Returns the list of canned responses A canned response is a pre-formatted text that is triggered with some keystrokes, such as with ‘:’.
Array
function getChannel(threadID) → mail.model.Channel|undefined
Returns a channel corresponding to the given id.
- threadID (
integer
)mail.model.Channel
or undefinedfunction getChannels() → mail.model.Channel[]
Returns a list of channels
Array
<mail.model.Channel
>function getChannelPreviews() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Overrides to filter out the Support channel from the previews.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getDiscussMenuID() → integer
Returns the record id of ir.ui.menu for Discuss
integer
function getDMChatFromPartnerID(partnerID) → Object|undefined
Gets direct message channel
- partnerID (
integer
)Object
or undefinedfunction getMailFailures() → mail.model.MailFailure[]
Returns a list of mail failures
Array
<mail.model.MailFailure
>function getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → Array<Object[]>
Get partners as mentions from a chatter Typically all employees as partner suggestions.
Array
<Array
<Object
>>function getMessage(messageID) → mail.model.Message|undefined
Gets message from its ID
- messageID (
integer
)mail.model.Message
or undefinedfunction getSystrayPreviews([filter]) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Returns the previews to display in the systray’s messaging menu.
- filter=undefined (
string
) – specify ‘chat’ or ‘channels’ to only
get previews for that type of threadsjQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getModeratedChannelIDs() → integer[]
Get the list of channel IDs where the current user is a moderator
Array
<integer
>function getOdoobotID() → string
Get the OdooBot ID, which is the default authorID for transient messages
string
function getThread(threadID) → mail.model.Thread|undefined
Returns thread matching provided ID, if any
- threadID (
string
or integer
)mail.model.Thread
or undefinedfunction getThreads() → mail.model.Thread[]
Returns a list of threads
Array
<mail.model.Thread
>function isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is a moderator or not
boolean
function isReady() → $.Promise
States whether the mail manager is ready or not This is the case when it has fetched the initial state from the server, by means of the route ‘mail/init_messaging’
jQuery.Promise
function joinChannel(channelID[, options]) → $.Promise<integer>
Join an existing channel See @createChannel to join a new channel
channelID (integer
)
options (Object
) – options to be passed on channel add
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function markMessagesAsRead(messageIDs) → $.Promise
Mark messages as read
- messageIDs (
Array
) – list of messages IDsjQuery.Promise
function openThread(threadID)
Open the thread window if discuss is not opened
- threadID (
integer
or string
)function redirect(resModel, resID[, dmRedirectionCallback])
Special redirection handling for given model and id
If the model is res.partner, and there is a user associated with this partner which isn’t the current user, open the DM chat with this user. Otherwhise, open the record’s form view (if not current user’s).
resModel (string
) – model to open
resID (integer
) – record to open
dmRedirectionCallback (function
) – only used if ‘res.partner’,
a function that has a threadID as input
function removeMessageFromThreads(message)
Remove the message from all of its threads
- message (
mail.model.Message
)function searchPartner(searchVal, limit) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Search among prefetched partners, using the string ‘searchVal’
searchVal (string
)
limit (integer
) – max number of found partners in the response
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function unstarAll() → $.Promise
Unstars all messages from all channels
jQuery.Promise
function getDocumentThread(model, resID) → integer
Returns a document thread corresponding to the given model and resID.
model (string
) – of the document thread, if it exists
resID
integer
function getOrAddDocumentThread(params) → mail.model.DocumentThread
Add a new document thread, or get if it exists already.
Also, if a name is provided for the document thread, it overwrites the previous one.
- params (
GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams
)class GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams()
attribute message_ids interger[]
- the list of message ids linked
- to the document (if not given, they will be fetched before fetching the messages)
attribute name string
- if provided, overwrites the name of the
- existing document thread
attribute resID integer
attribute resModel string
function updateDocumentThreadState(threadID, state)
Updates the state of a given document thread (stored in localStorage). Garbage collects windows previously marked as ‘closed’ (assuming that the info has already been processed by the other tabs).
threadID (string
) – ID of a document thread
state (UpdateDocumentThreadStateState
)
class UpdateDocumentThreadStateState()
attribute name string
name of the document thread
attribute windowState string
(‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)
function initSupport()
Initialises the Support: checks if there is a pending chat session between the user and Support, and if so, re-opens it. Note: we can’t directly override init(), because it is already called when the include is applied, so we use this hook instead (called at webclient startup)
function startPollingSupport([pollingDelay])
Initiates a longpoll with the server hosting the Support channel.
- pollingDelay=POLL_TIMEOUT_DELAY (
integer
) – the longpolling
timeout delay to setfunction startSupportLivechat([channelState]) → Deferred
Opens the Support channel between a livechat operator from the Support database and the current user (if there is an available operator). Ensures to perform only once the request to create/retrieve the Support channel.
- channelState=’open’ (
string
) – state of the Support
channel (see CHANNEL_STATES for accepted values)function updateSupportChannelState(state)
Updates the state of the Support channel (stored in the localStorage).
- state (
string
) – (‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)function openBlankThreadWindow()
Open the blank thread window (i.e. the thread window without any thread linked to it). Make it if there is no blank thread window yet.
function openDMChatWindowFromBlankThreadWindow(partnerID)
Open a DM chat in a thread window. This is useful when selecting a DM chatin the blank thread window, so that it replaces it with the DM chat window.
- partnerID (
integer
)function openThreadWindow(threadID[, options])
Open a thread in a thread window
threadID (integer
) – a valid thread ID
options (OpenThreadWindowOptions
)
class OpenThreadWindowOptions()
attribute passively boolean
- if set to true, open the thread
- window without focusing the input and marking messages as read if it is not open yet, and do nothing otherwise.
attribute keepFoldState boolean
- if set to true, keep the
- fold state of the thread
function updateThreadWindow(threadID, options)
Called when a thread has its window state that has been changed, so its thread window view should be changed to match the model.
threadID (integer
or string
)
options (UpdateThreadWindowOptions
) – option to be applied on opening thread window, if
the thread is detached
class UpdateThreadWindowOptions()
- option to be applied on opening thread window, if
- the thread is detached
attribute passively boolean
- if set, the window will behave
- passively.
module mail.model.CCThrottleFunction
function CCThrottleFunction(params) → function
A function that creates a cancellable and clearable (CC) throttle version of a provided function.
This throttle mechanism allows calling a function at most once during a certain period:
- When a function call is made, it enters a ‘cooldown’ phase, in which any
- attempt to call the function is buffered until the cooldown phase ends.
- At most 1 function call can be buffered during the cooldown phase, and the
- latest one in this phase will be considered at its end.
- When a cooldown phase ends, any buffered function call will be performed
- and another cooldown phase will follow up.
This throttle version has the following interesting properties:
- cancellable: it allows removing a buffered function call during the
- cooldown phase, but it keeps the cooldown phase running.
- clearable: it allows to clear the internal clock of the throttled function,
- so that any cooldown phase is immediately ending.
- params (
CCThrottleFunctionParams
)function
class CCThrottleFunctionParams()
attribute duration integer
- a duration for the throttled behaviour,
- in milli-seconds.
attribute func function
the function to throttle
function CCThrottleFunction(params) → function
A function that creates a cancellable and clearable (CC) throttle version of a provided function.
This throttle mechanism allows calling a function at most once during a certain period:
- When a function call is made, it enters a ‘cooldown’ phase, in which any
- attempt to call the function is buffered until the cooldown phase ends.
- At most 1 function call can be buffered during the cooldown phase, and the
- latest one in this phase will be considered at its end.
- When a cooldown phase ends, any buffered function call will be performed
- and another cooldown phase will follow up.
This throttle version has the following interesting properties:
- cancellable: it allows removing a buffered function call during the
- cooldown phase, but it keeps the cooldown phase running.
- clearable: it allows to clear the internal clock of the throttled function,
- so that any cooldown phase is immediately ending.
- params (
CCThrottleFunctionParams
)function
class CCThrottleFunctionParams()
attribute duration integer
- a duration for the throttled behaviour,
- in milli-seconds.
attribute func function
the function to throttle
module web.view_dialogs
class SelectCreateDialog()
Search dialog (displays a list of records and permits to create a new one by switching to a form view)
class ViewDialog(parent[, options])
parent (Widget
)
options (ViewDialogOptions
)
Class with everything which is common between FormViewDialog and SelectCreateDialog.
class ViewDialogOptions()
attribute dialogClass string
attribute res_model string
the model of the record(s) to open
attribute domain any[]
attribute context Object
namespace
class FormViewDialog(parent[, options])
parent (Widget
)
options (FormViewDialogOptions
)
Create and edit dialog (displays a form view record and leave once saved)
method open() → FormViewDialog
Open the form view dialog. It is necessarily asynchronous, but this method returns immediately.
class FormViewDialogOptions()
attribute parentID string
- the id of the parent record. It is
- useful for situations such as a one2many opened in a form view dialog. In that case, we want to be able to properly evaluate domains with the ‘parent’ key.
attribute res_id integer
the id of the record to open
attribute form_view_options Object
- dict of options to pass to
- the Form View @todo: make it work
attribute fields_view Object
optional form fields_view
attribute readonly boolean
- only applicable when not in
- creation mode
attribute deletable boolean
- whether or not the record can
- be deleted
attribute disable_multiple_selection boolean
- set to true
- to remove the possibility to create several records in a row
attribute on_saved function
- callback executed after saving a
- record. It will be called with the record data, and a boolean which indicates if something was changed
attribute on_remove function
- callback executed when the user
- clicks on the ‘Remove’ button
attribute model BasicModel
- if given, it will be used instead of
- a new form view model
attribute recordID string
- if given, the model has to be given as
- well, and in that case, it will be used without loading anything.
attribute shouldSaveLocally boolean
- if true, the view dialog
- will save locally instead of actually saving (useful for one2manys)
class SelectCreateDialog()
Search dialog (displays a list of records and permits to create a new one by switching to a form view)
class FormViewDialog(parent[, options])
parent (Widget
)
options (FormViewDialogOptions
)
Create and edit dialog (displays a form view record and leave once saved)
method open() → FormViewDialog
Open the form view dialog. It is necessarily asynchronous, but this method returns immediately.
class FormViewDialogOptions()
attribute parentID string
- the id of the parent record. It is
- useful for situations such as a one2many opened in a form view dialog. In that case, we want to be able to properly evaluate domains with the ‘parent’ key.
attribute res_id integer
the id of the record to open
attribute form_view_options Object
- dict of options to pass to
- the Form View @todo: make it work
attribute fields_view Object
optional form fields_view
attribute readonly boolean
- only applicable when not in
- creation mode
attribute deletable boolean
- whether or not the record can
- be deleted
attribute disable_multiple_selection boolean
- set to true
- to remove the possibility to create several records in a row
attribute on_saved function
- callback executed after saving a
- record. It will be called with the record data, and a boolean which indicates if something was changed
attribute on_remove function
- callback executed when the user
- clicks on the ‘Remove’ button
attribute model BasicModel
- if given, it will be used instead of
- a new form view model
attribute recordID string
- if given, the model has to be given as
- well, and in that case, it will be used without loading anything.
attribute shouldSaveLocally boolean
- if true, the view dialog
- will save locally instead of actually saving (useful for one2manys)
module payment.processing
class (parent, payment_tx_ids)
parent
payment_tx_ids
module web.py_utils
function tz_offset() → datetime.timedelta
Returns a timedelta object which represents the timezone offset between the local timezone and the UTC time.
This is very useful to generate datetime strings which are ‘timezone’ dependant. For example, we can now write this to generate the correct datetime string representing “this morning in the user timezone”:
“datetime.datetime.now().replace(hour=0,minute=0,second=0) + tz_offset()).strftime(‘%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S’)”
datetime.timedelta
function get_normalized_domain(domain_array) → Array
Returns a normalized copy of the given domain array. Normalization is is making the implicit “&” at the start of the domain explicit, e.g. [A, B, C] would become [“&”, “&”, A, B, C].
- domain_array (
Array
)Array
function context_today() → datetime.date
Returns the current local date, which means the date on the client (which can be different compared to the date of the server).
datetime.date
function ensure_evaluated(args, kwargs)
If args or kwargs are unevaluated contexts or domains (compound or not), evaluated them in-place.
Potentially mutates both parameters.
args
kwargs
function assembleDomains(domains, operator) → string
Assemble domains into a single domains using an ‘OR’ or an ‘AND’ operator.
domains (Array
<string
>) – list of string representing domains
operator (AND or OR) – used to combine domains (default “AND”)
string
namespace
function ensure_evaluated(args, kwargs)
If args or kwargs are unevaluated contexts or domains (compound or not), evaluated them in-place.
Potentially mutates both parameters.
args
kwargs
function normalizeDomain(domain) → string
Normalize a domain via its string representation.
Note: this function does not evaluate anything inside the domain. This is actually quite critical because this allows the manipulation of unevaluated (dynamic) domains.
- domain (
string
) – string representing a domainstring
function assembleDomains(domains, operator) → string
Assemble domains into a single domains using an ‘OR’ or an ‘AND’ operator.
domains (Array
<string
>) – list of string representing domains
operator (AND or OR) – used to combine domains (default “AND”)
string
function normalizeDomain(domain) → string
Normalize a domain via its string representation.
Note: this function does not evaluate anything inside the domain. This is actually quite critical because this allows the manipulation of unevaluated (dynamic) domains.
- domain (
string
) – string representing a domainstring
module web.AbstractService
class AbstractService(parent)
module iap.credit.checker
class IAPCreditChecker(parent, data, options)
parent
data
options
module web_diagram.DiagramController
class DiagramController(parent, model, renderer, params)
parent (Widget
)
model (DiagramModel
)
renderer (DiagramRenderer
)
params (Object
)
Diagram Controller
method renderButtons([$node])
Render the buttons according to the DiagramView.buttons template and add listeners on it. Set this.$buttons with the produced jQuery element
- $node (
jQuery
) – a jQuery node where the rendered buttons should
be inserted $node may be undefined, in which case they are inserted
into this.options.$buttonsclass DiagramController(parent, model, renderer, params)
parent (Widget
)
model (DiagramModel
)
renderer (DiagramRenderer
)
params (Object
)
Diagram Controller
method renderButtons([$node])
Render the buttons according to the DiagramView.buttons template and add listeners on it. Set this.$buttons with the produced jQuery element
- $node (
jQuery
) – a jQuery node where the rendered buttons should
be inserted $node may be undefined, in which case they are inserted
into this.options.$buttonsmodule unsplash.api
class UnsplashCore(parent)
method getImages(query, pageSize, pageNumber)
Gets unsplash images from query string.
query (String
) – search terms
pageSize (Integer
) – number of image to display per page
pageNumber (Integer
) – page number to retrieve
method notifyDownload(url)
Notifies Unsplash from an image download. (API requirement)
- url (
String
) – url of the image to notifymodule mail.ThreadField
class ThreadField()
‘mail_thread’ widget: displays the thread of messages
class ThreadField()
‘mail_thread’ widget: displays the thread of messages
module web.Registry
class Registry([mapping])
- mapping (
Object
) – the initial data in the registryThe registry is really pretty much only a mapping from some keys to some values. The Registry class only add a few simple methods around that to make it nicer and slightly safer.
Note that registries have a fundamental problem: the value that you try to get in a registry might not have been added yet, so of course, you need to make sure that your dependencies are solid. For this reason, it is a good practice to avoid using the registry if you can simply import what you need with the ‘require’ statement.
However, on the flip side, sometimes you cannot just simply import something because we would have a dependency cycle. In that case, registries might help.
method add(key, value) → Registry
Add a key (and a value) to the registry.
Notify the listeners on newly added item in the registry.
method contains(key) → boolean
Check if the registry contains the value
- key (
string
)boolean
method extend([mapping])
Creates and returns a copy of the current mapping, with the provided mapping argument added in (replacing existing keys if needed)
Parent and child remain linked, a new key in the parent (which is not overwritten by the child) will appear in the child.
- mapping={} (
Object
) – a mapping of keys to object-pathsmethod get(key) → any
Returns the value associated to the given key.
- key (
string
)any
method getAny(keys) → any
Tries a number of keys, and returns the first object matching one of the keys.
- keys (
Array
<string
>) – a sequence of keys to fetch the object forany
method onAdd(callback)
Register a callback to execute when items are added to the registry.
- callback (
function
) – function with parameters (key, value).class Registry([mapping])
- mapping (
Object
) – the initial data in the registryThe registry is really pretty much only a mapping from some keys to some values. The Registry class only add a few simple methods around that to make it nicer and slightly safer.
Note that registries have a fundamental problem: the value that you try to get in a registry might not have been added yet, so of course, you need to make sure that your dependencies are solid. For this reason, it is a good practice to avoid using the registry if you can simply import what you need with the ‘require’ statement.
However, on the flip side, sometimes you cannot just simply import something because we would have a dependency cycle. In that case, registries might help.
method add(key, value) → Registry
Add a key (and a value) to the registry.
Notify the listeners on newly added item in the registry.
method contains(key) → boolean
Check if the registry contains the value
- key (
string
)boolean
method extend([mapping])
Creates and returns a copy of the current mapping, with the provided mapping argument added in (replacing existing keys if needed)
Parent and child remain linked, a new key in the parent (which is not overwritten by the child) will appear in the child.
- mapping={} (
Object
) – a mapping of keys to object-pathsmethod get(key) → any
Returns the value associated to the given key.
- key (
string
)any
method getAny(keys) → any
Tries a number of keys, and returns the first object matching one of the keys.
- keys (
Array
<string
>) – a sequence of keys to fetch the object forany
method onAdd(callback)
Register a callback to execute when items are added to the registry.
- callback (
function
) – function with parameters (key, value).module portal.portal
namespace
module web.crash_manager
object instance of CrashManager
module web.GroupByMenu
class GroupByMenu(parent, groupbys, fields, options)
parent (Widget
)
groupbys (Array
<Object
>) – list of groupbys (type IGroupBy below)
interface IGroupBy {
itemId: string; unique id associated with the groupby
fieldName: string; field name without interval!
description: string; label printed on screen
groupId: string;
isDate: boolean;
isActive: boolean; (optional) determines if the groupby is considered active
isOpen: boolean; (optional) in case there are options the submenu presenting the options
is opened or closed according to isOpen
isRemovable: boolean; (optional) can be removed from menu
options: array of objects with ‘optionId’ and ‘description’ keys; (optional)
currentOptionId: string refers to an optionId that is activated if item is active (optional)
}
fields (Object
) – ‘field_get’ of a model: mapping from field name
to an object with its properties
options (GroupByMenuOptions
)
class GroupByMenuOptions()
attribute headerStyle string
conditions the style of the main button
module web.data
function deserialize_sort(criterion)
Reverse of the serialize_sort function: convert an array of SQL-like sort descriptors into a list of fields prefixed with ‘-‘ if necessary.
- criterion
function serialize_sort(criterion) → String
Serializes the sort criterion array of a dataset into a form which can be consumed by OpenERP’s RPC APIs.
- criterion (
Array
) – array of fields, from first to last criteria, prefixed with ‘-‘ for reverse sortingString
namespace data
module web.QuickCreateFormView
class QuickCreateFormView()
module im_livechat.im_livechat
namespace
module web_kanban_gauge.widget
class GaugeWidget(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (GaugeWidgetOptions
)
options
- max_value: maximum value of the gauge [default: 100]
- max_field: get the max_value from the field that must be present in the view; takes over max_value
- gauge_value_field: if set, the value displayed below the gauge is taken from this field instead of the base field used for the gauge. This allows to display a number different from the gauge.
- label: lable of the gauge, displayed below the gauge value
- label_field: get the label from the field that must be present in the view; takes over label
- title: title of the gauge, displayed on top of the gauge
- style: custom style
class GaugeWidgetOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
class GaugeWidget(parent, name, record[, options])
parent (Widget
)
name (string
) – The field name defined in the model
record (Object
) – A record object (result of the get method of
a basic model)
options (GaugeWidgetOptions
)
options
- max_value: maximum value of the gauge [default: 100]
- max_field: get the max_value from the field that must be present in the view; takes over max_value
- gauge_value_field: if set, the value displayed below the gauge is taken from this field instead of the base field used for the gauge. This allows to display a number different from the gauge.
- label: lable of the gauge, displayed below the gauge value
- label_field: get the label from the field that must be present in the view; takes over label
- title: title of the gauge, displayed on top of the gauge
- style: custom style
class GaugeWidgetOptions()
attribute mode string
should be ‘readonly’ or ‘edit’
module web.AbstractStorageService
class AbstractStorageService(parent)
- parent
method clear()
Removes all data from the storage
method getItem(key, defaultValue) → string
Returns the value associated with a given key in the storage
key (string
)
defaultValue
string
method removeItem(key)
Removes the given key from the storage
- key (
string
)method setItem(key, value)
Sets the value of a given key in the storage
key (string
)
value (string
)
method onStorage()
Add an handler on storage event
module mail_bot.systray.MessagingMenu
namespace
module point_of_sale.keyboard
namespace
module web.BasicModel
class BasicModel()
method addDefaultRecord(listID[, options]) → Deferred<string>
Add a default record to a list object. This method actually makes a new record with the _makeDefaultRecord method, then adds it to the list object. The default record is added in the data directly. This is meant to be used by list or kanban controllers (i.e. not for x2manys in form views, as in this case, we store changes as commands).
listID (string
) – a valid handle for a list object
options (AddDefaultRecordOptions
)
Deferred
<string
>class AddDefaultRecordOptions()
attribute position string
- if the new record should be added
- on top or on bottom of the list
function applyDefaultValues(recordID, values[, options]) → Deferred
Add and process default values for a given record. Those values are parsed and stored in the ‘_changes’ key of the record. For relational fields, sub-dataPoints are created, and missing relational data is fetched. Also generate default values for fields with no given value. Typically, this function is called with the result of a ‘default_get’ RPC, to populate a newly created dataPoint. It may also be called when a one2many subrecord is open in a form view (dialog), to generate the default values for the fields displayed in the o2m form view, but not in the list or kanban (mainly to correctly create sub-dataPoints for relational fields).
recordID (string
) – local id for a record
values (Object
) – dict of default values for the given record
options (ApplyDefaultValuesOptions
)
class ApplyDefaultValuesOptions()
attribute viewType string
- current viewType. If not set, we will
- assume main viewType from the record
attribute fieldNames Array
- list of field names for which a
- default value must be generated (used to complete the values dict)
function applyRawChanges(recordID, viewType) → Deferred<string>
Onchange RPCs may return values for fields that are not in the current view. Those fields might even be unknown when the onchange returns (e.g. in x2manys, we only know the fields that are used in the inner view, but not those used in the potential form view opened in a dialog when a sub- record is clicked). When this happens, we can’t infer their type, so the given value can’t be processed. It is instead stored in the ‘_rawChanges’ key of the record, without any processing. Later on, if this record is displayed in another view (e.g. the user clicked on it in the x2many list, and the record opens in a dialog), those changes that were left behind must be applied. This function applies changes stored in ‘_rawChanges’ for a given viewType.
recordID (string
) – local resource id of a record
viewType (string
) – the current viewType
Deferred
<string
>function deleteRecords(recordIds, modelName) → Deferred
Delete a list of records, then, if the records have a parent, reload it.
recordIds (Array
<string
>) – list of local resources ids. They should all
be of type ‘record’, be of the same model and have the same parent.
modelName (string
) – mode name used to unlink the records
function discardChanges(id[, options])
Discard all changes in a local resource. Basically, it removes everything that was stored in a _changes key.
id (string
) – local resource id
options (DiscardChangesOptions
)
class DiscardChangesOptions()
attribute rollback boolean
- if true, the changes will
- be reset to the last _savePoint, otherwise, they are reset to null
function duplicateRecord(recordID) → Deferred<string>
Duplicate a record (by calling the ‘copy’ route)
- recordID (
string
) – id for a local resourceDeferred
<string
>function get(id, options) → Object
The get method first argument is the handle returned by the load method. It is optional (the handle can be undefined). In some case, it makes sense to use the handle as a key, for example the BasicModel holds the data for various records, each with its local ID.
synchronous method, it assumes that the resource has already been loaded.
id (string
) – local id for the resource
options (GetOptions
)
Object
class GetOptions()
attribute env boolean
- if true, will only return res_id
- (if record) or res_ids (if list)
attribute raw boolean
if true, will not follow relations
function getName(id) → string
Returns the current display_name for the record.
- id (
string
) – the localID for a valid record elementstring
function canBeAbandoned(id) → boolean
Returns true if a record can be abandoned.
Case for not abandoning the record:
- flagged as ‘no abandon’ (i.e. during a
default_get
, including anyonchange
from adefault_get
) registered in a list on addition
2.1. registered as non-new addition 2.2. registered as new additon on update
- record is not new
Otherwise, the record can be abandoned.
This is useful when discarding changes on this record, as it means that we must keep the record even if some fields are invalids (e.g. required field is empty).
- id (
string
) – id for a local resourceboolean
function isDirty(id) → boolean
Returns true if a record is dirty. A record is considered dirty if it has some unsaved changes, marked by the _isDirty property on the record or one of its subrecords.
- id (
string
) – the local resource idboolean
function isNew(id) → boolean
Check if a localData is new, meaning if it is in the process of being created and no actual record exists in db. Note: if the localData is not of the “record” type, then it is always considered as not new.
Note: A virtual id is a character string composed of an integer and has a dash and other information. E.g: in calendar, the recursive event have virtual id linked to a real id virtual event id “23-20170418020000” is linked to the event id 23
- id (
string
) – id for a local resourceboolean
function load(params) → Deferred<string>
Main entry point, the goal of this method is to fetch and process all data (following relations if necessary) for a given record/list.
class LoadParams()
attribute fieldsInfo Object
contains the fieldInfo of each field
attribute fields Object
contains the description of each field
attribute type string
‘record’ or ‘list’
attribute recordID string
an ID for an existing resource.
function makeRecord(model, fields[, fieldInfo]) → string
This helper method is designed to help developpers that want to use a field widget outside of a view. In that case, we want a way to create data without actually performing a fetch.
model (string
) – name of the model
fields (Array
<Object
>) – a description of field properties
fieldInfo (Object
) – various field info that we want to set
string
function notifyChanges(record_id, changes[, options]) → string[]
This is an extremely important method. All changes in any field go through this method. It will then apply them in the local state, check if onchanges needs to be applied, actually do them if necessary, then resolves with the list of changed fields.
record_id (string
)
changes (Object
) – a map field => new value
options (Object
) – will be transferred to the applyChange method
Array
<string
>function reload(id[, options]) → Deferred<string>
Reload all data for a given resource. At any time there is at most one reload operation active.
id (string
) – local id for a resource
options (ReloadOptions
)
Deferred
<string
>class ReloadOptions()
attribute keepChanges boolean
- if true, doesn’t discard the
- changes on the record before reloading it
function removeLine(elementID)
In some case, we may need to remove an element from a list, without going through the notifyChanges machinery. The motivation for this is when the user click on ‘Add a line’ in a field one2many with a required field, then clicks somewhere else. The new line need to be discarded, but we don’t want to trigger a real notifyChanges (no need for that, and also, we don’t want to rerender the UI).
- elementID (
string
) – some valid element id. It is necessary that the
corresponding element has a parent.function resequence(modelName, resIDs, parentID[, options]) → Deferred<string>
Resequences records.
modelName (string
) – the resIDs model
resIDs (Array
<integer
>) – the new sequence of ids
parentID (string
) – the localID of the parent
options (ResequenceOptions
)
Deferred
<string
>class ResequenceOptions()
attribute offset integer
attribute field string
the field name used as sequence
function save(recordID[, options]) → Deferred
Save a local resource, if needed. This is a complicated operation, - it needs to check all changes, - generate commands for x2many fields, - call the /create or /write method according to the record status - After that, it has to reload all data, in case something changed, server side.
recordID (string
) – local resource
options (SaveOptions
)
class SaveOptions()
attribute reload boolean
if true, data will be reloaded
attribute savePoint boolean
- if true, the record will only
- be ‘locally’ saved: its changes written in a _savePoint key that can be restored later by call discardChanges with option rollback to true
attribute viewType string
- current viewType. If not set, we will
- assume main viewType from the record
function addFieldsInfo(recordID, viewInfo)
Completes the fields and fieldsInfo of a dataPoint with the given ones. It is useful for the cases where a record element is shared between various views, such as a one2many with a tree and a form view.
recordID (string
) – a valid element ID
viewInfo (AddFieldsInfoViewInfo
)
class AddFieldsInfoViewInfo()
attribute fields Object
attribute fieldsInfo Object
function freezeOrder(listID)
For list resources, this freezes the current records order.
- listID (
string
) – a valid element ID of type listfunction setDirty(id)
Manually sets a resource as dirty. This is used to notify that a field has been modified, but with an invalid value. In that case, the value is not sent to the basic model, but the record should still be flagged as dirty so that it isn’t discarded without any warning.
- id (
string
) – a resource idfunction setSort(list_id, fieldName) → Deferred
For list resources, this changes the orderedBy key.
list_id (string
) – id for the list resource
fieldName (string
) – valid field name
function toggleActive(recordIDs, value, parentID) → Deferred<string>
Toggle the active value of given records (to archive/unarchive them)
recordIDs (Array
) – local ids of the records to (un)archive
value (boolean
) – false to archive, true to unarchive (value of the active field)
parentID (string
) – id of the parent resource to reload
Deferred
<string
>function toggleGroup(groupId) → Deferred<string>
Toggle (open/close) a group in a grouped list, then fetches relevant data
function unfreezeOrder(elementID)
For a list datapoint, unfreezes the current records order and sorts it. For a record datapoint, unfreezes the x2many list datapoints.
- elementID (
string
) – a valid element IDfunction updateMessageIDs(id, msgIDs)
Update the message ids on a datapoint.
Note that we directly update the res_ids on the datapoint as the message has already been posted ; this change can’t be handled ‘normally’ with x2m commands because the change won’t be saved as a normal field.
id (string
)
msgIDs (Array
<integer
>)
module web.AbstractRenderer
class AbstractRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent (Widget
)
state (any
)
params (AbstractRendererParams
)
method start() → Deferred
The rendering can be asynchronous (but it is not encouraged). The start method simply makes sure that we render the view.
method on_attach_callback()
Called each time the renderer is attached into the DOM.
method on_detach_callback()
Called each time the renderer is detached from the DOM.
method getLocalState() → any
Returns any relevant state that the renderer might want to keep.
The idea is that a renderer can be destroyed, then be replaced by another one instantiated with the state from the model and the localState from the renderer, and the end result should be the same.
The kind of state that we expect the renderer to have is mostly DOM state such as the scroll position, the currently active tab page, …
This method is called before each updateState, by the controller.
any
method giveFocus()
Order to focus to be given to the content of the current view
method setLocalState(localState)
This is the reverse operation from getLocalState. With this method, we expect the renderer to restore all DOM state, if it is relevant.
This method is called after each updateState, by the controller.
- localState (
any
) – the result of a call to getLocalStatemethod updateState(state, params) → Deferred
Updates the state of the view. It retriggers a full rerender, unless told otherwise (for optimization for example).
state (any
)
params (UpdateStateParams
)
class UpdateStateParams()
attribute noRender boolean
if true, the method only updates the state without rerendering
class AbstractRendererParams()
attribute noContentHelp string
module sale.SalePortalSidebar
class SalePortalSidebar($watched_selector)
- $watched_selector (
Object
)module web.data_manager
object data_manager instance of
module web.KanbanController
class KanbanController()
- includeDict
method renderButtons()
Extends the renderButtons function of ListView by adding an event listener on the import button.
module payment_stripe.stripe
namespace
module point_of_sale.BaseWidget
class PosBaseWidget(parent, options)
parent
options
module web.SessionStorageService
class SessionStorageService(parent)
- parent
module web.ControlPanel
class ControlPanel(parent[, template])
parent
template (String
) – the QWeb template to render the ControlPanel.
By default, the template ‘ControlPanel’ will be used
method start() → jQuery.Deferred
Renders the control panel and creates a dictionnary of its exposed elements
jQuery.Deferred
method update(status, options)
Updates the content and displays the ControlPanel
status (UpdateStatus
)
options (UpdateOptions
)
class UpdateOptions()
attribute clear Boolean
set to true to clear from control panel elements that are not in status.cp_content
class UpdateStatus()
attribute active_view Object
the current active view
attribute breadcrumbs Array
the breadcrumbs to display (see _render_breadcrumbs() for precise description)
attribute cp_content Object
dictionnary containing the new ControlPanel jQuery elements
attribute hidden Boolean
true if the ControlPanel should be hidden
attribute searchview openerp.web.SearchView
the searchview widget
attribute search_view_hidden Boolean
true if the searchview is hidden, false otherwise
module mail.ActivityController
class ActivityController(parent, model, renderer, params)
parent (Widget
)
model (AbstractModel
)
renderer (AbstractRenderer
)
params (ActivityControllerParams
)
class ActivityControllerParams()
attribute modelName string
attribute controllerID string
- an id to ease the communication
- with upstream components
attribute handle any
a handle that will be given to the model (some id)
attribute initialState any
the initialState
attribute isMultiRecord boolean
attribute actionViews Object[]
attribute viewType string
attribute withControlPanel boolean
- set to false to hide the
- ControlPanel
module mail.ActivityRenderer
class ActivityRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent (Widget
)
state (any
)
params (ActivityRendererParams
)
class ActivityRendererParams()
attribute noContentHelp string
module pos_restaurant.floors
namespace
module web_diagram.DiagramModel
class DiagramModel(parent)
- parent (
Widget
)DiagramModel
class DiagramModel(parent)
- parent (
Widget
)DiagramModel
module web_editor.rte.summernote
class SummernoteManager(parent)
module mail.ThreadWindow
class ThreadWindow()
This is the main widget for rendering small windows for mail.model.Thread. Almost all instances of this class are linked to a thread. The sole exception is the “blank” thread window. This window let us open another thread window, using this “blank” thread window.
method start()
Overrides to remove the attachment button in the Support channel as this feature does not work in that channel.
method focusInput()
Set the focus on the input of this thread window
method getTitle() → string
Overrides so that if this thread window is not linked to any thread (= “blank” thread window), displays “New message” as its title.
string
method isPassive() → boolean
Tell whether the thread window is passive or not. A passive thread window does not auto-mark the thread as read when scrolling at the bottom.
boolean
method needsComposer() → boolean
States whether the input of the thread window should be displayed or not. This is based on the type of the thread:
Do not display the input in the following cases:
- no thread related to this window
- window of a mailbox (temp: let us have mailboxes in window mode)
- window of a thread with mass mailing
Any other threads show the input in the window.
boolean
method removePassive()
Turn the thread window in active mode, so that when the bottom of the thread is visible, it is automatically marked as read.
method update(options)
Update this thread window
- options (
UpdateOptions
)class UpdateOptions()
attribute keepBottom boolean
- if set, this thread window
- should scroll to the bottom if it was at the bottom before update
attribute passively boolean
- if set, this thread window
- becomes passive, so that it is marked as read only when the focus is on it. Ignore this option if the focus is already on the thread window.
class ThreadWindow()
This is the main widget for rendering small windows for mail.model.Thread. Almost all instances of this class are linked to a thread. The sole exception is the “blank” thread window. This window let us open another thread window, using this “blank” thread window.
method start()
Overrides to remove the attachment button in the Support channel as this feature does not work in that channel.
method focusInput()
Set the focus on the input of this thread window
method getTitle() → string
Overrides so that if this thread window is not linked to any thread (= “blank” thread window), displays “New message” as its title.
string
method isPassive() → boolean
Tell whether the thread window is passive or not. A passive thread window does not auto-mark the thread as read when scrolling at the bottom.
boolean
method needsComposer() → boolean
States whether the input of the thread window should be displayed or not. This is based on the type of the thread:
Do not display the input in the following cases:
- no thread related to this window
- window of a mailbox (temp: let us have mailboxes in window mode)
- window of a thread with mass mailing
Any other threads show the input in the window.
boolean
method removePassive()
Turn the thread window in active mode, so that when the bottom of the thread is visible, it is automatically marked as read.
method update(options)
Update this thread window
- options (
UpdateOptions
)class UpdateOptions()
attribute keepBottom boolean
- if set, this thread window
- should scroll to the bottom if it was at the bottom before update
attribute passively boolean
- if set, this thread window
- becomes passive, so that it is marked as read only when the focus is on it. Ignore this option if the focus is already on the thread window.
module mail.composer.Basic
class BasicComposer(parent, options)
parent
options
method clearComposer()
Empty input, selected partners and attachments
method focus()
Set the focus on the input
method getState() → Object
Get the state of the composer.
This is useful in order to (re)store its state when switchng to another thread with a composer, and coming back to the thread with this composer.
Object
method setState(state)
Set the state of the composer.
This is useful in order to (re)store its state when switching to another thread with a composer, and coming back to the thread with this composer.
- state (
SetStateState
)class SetStateState()
attribute attachments Array
attribute text string
function setThread(thread)
Set the thread that this composer refers to.
- thread (
mail.model.Thread
)function mentionSetCommands(commands)
Set the list of command suggestions on the thread.
When the user partially types a command, matching commands are displayed to the user (@see _mentionGetCommands).
- commands (
Array
<Object
>)function mentionSetPrefetchedPartners(prefetchedPartners)
Set the list of partner mentions suggestions that has been prefetched.
When the user partially types a mention, matching prefetched partners are displayed to the user. If none of them match, then it will fetch for more partner suggestions (@see _mentionFetchPartners).
- prefetchedPartners (
jQuery.Deferred
<Array
<Object
>>)module partner.autocomplete.many2one
class PartnerField()
module web.ChangePassword
- web.AbstractAction
- web.Dialog
- web.core
- web.web_client
class ChangePassword(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.module im_support.SupportMessage
class SupportMessage()
This is a model for messages that are in the the support channel
method shouldRedirectToAuthor() → boolean
Overrides to prevent clicks on the Support operator from redirecting.
boolean
method toggleStarStatus() → $.Promise
Overrides to prevent from calling the server for messages of the Support channel (which are records on the Support database).
jQuery.Promise
class SupportMessage()
This is a model for messages that are in the the support channel
method shouldRedirectToAuthor() → boolean
Overrides to prevent clicks on the Support operator from redirecting.
boolean
method toggleStarStatus() → $.Promise
Overrides to prevent from calling the server for messages of the Support channel (which are records on the Support database).
jQuery.Promise
module web.StandaloneFieldManagerMixin
mixin StandaloneFieldManagerMixin
The StandaloneFieldManagerMixin is a mixin, designed to be used by a widget that instanciates its own field widgets.
mixin StandaloneFieldManagerMixin
The StandaloneFieldManagerMixin is a mixin, designed to be used by a widget that instanciates its own field widgets.
module mail.Followers
class Followers(parent, name, record, options)
parent
name
record
options
module website_forum.website_forum
namespace
module hr_timesheet.timesheet_uom
class FieldTimesheetToggle(parent, name, record, options)
parent
name
record
options
Extend the float toggle widget to set default value for timesheet use case. The ‘range’ is different from the default one of the native widget, and the ‘factor’ is forced to be the UoM timesheet conversion.
unknown ConditionalExpression
class FieldTimesheetFactor(parent, name, record, options)
parent
name
record
options
Extend the float factor widget to set default value for timesheet use case. The ‘factor’ is forced to be the UoM timesheet conversion from the session info.
module web_editor.translate
namespace
module web.KanbanView
class KanbanView()
module mail.model.AbstractMessage
class AbstractMessage(parent, data)
parent (Widget
)
data (AbstractMessageData
)
This is an abstract class for modeling messages in JS. The purpose of this interface is to make im_livechat compatible with mail.widget.Thread, as this widget was designed to work with messages that are instances of mail.model.Messages.
Ideally, im_livechat should also handle mail.model.Message, but this is not feasible for the moment, as mail.model.Message requires mail.Manager to work, and this module should not leak outside of the backend, hence the use of mail.model.AbstractMessage as a work-around.
method getAttachments() → Object[]
Get the list of files attached to this message. Note that attachments are stored with server-format
Array
<Object
>method getAuthorID() → integer
Get the server ID (number) of the author of this message If there are no author, return -1;
integer
method getAvatarSource() → string
Get the relative url of the avatar to display next to the message
string
method getBody() → string
Get the body content of this message
string
method getDateDay() → string
Get the date day of this message
string
method getDisplayedAuthor() → string
Get the name of the author, if there is an author of this message If there are no author of this message, returns ‘null’
string
method getID() → integer
Get the server ID (number) of this message
integer
method getImageAttachments() → Object[]
Get the list of images attached to this message. Note that attachments are stored with server-format
Array
<Object
>method getNonImageAttachments() → Object[]
Get the list of non-images attached to this message. Note that attachments are stored with server-format
Array
<Object
>method getTimeElapsed() → string
Get the time elapsed between sent message and now
string
method getType() → string|undefined
Get the type of message (e.g. ‘comment’, ‘email’, ‘notification’, …) By default, messages are of type ‘undefined’
string
or undefinedmethod hasAttachments() → boolean
State whether this message contains some attachments.
boolean
method hasAuthor() → boolean
State whether this message has an author
boolean
method hasCustomerEmailData() → boolean
State whether this message contains some customer email data By default, messages do not have any customer email data
boolean
method hasEmailFrom() → string
State whether this message has an email of its sender. By default, messages do not have any email of its sender.
string
method hasImageAttachments() → boolean
State whether this image contains images attachments
boolean
method hasNonImageAttachments() → boolean
State whether this image contains non-images attachments
boolean
method originatesFromChannel() → boolean
State whether this message originates from a channel. By default, messages do not originate from a channel.
boolean
method hasSubject() → boolean
State whether this message has a subject By default, messages do not have any subject.
boolean
method hasSubtypeDescription() → boolean
By default, messages do not have any subtype description
boolean
method hasTrackingValues() → boolean
State whether this message contains some tracking values By default, messages do not have any tracking values.
boolean
method isDiscussion() → boolean
State whether this message is a discussion
boolean
method isLinkedToDocumentThread() → boolean
State whether this message is linked to a document thread By default, messages are not linked to a document thread.
boolean
method isNeedaction() → boolean
State whether this message is needaction By default, messages are not needaction.
boolean
method isNote() → boolean
State whether this message is a note (i.e. a message from “Log note”)
boolean
method isNotification() → boolean
State whether this message is a notification
- User notifications are defined as either
- notes
- pushed to user Inbox or email through classic notification process
- not linked to any document, meaning model and res_id are void
This is useful in order to display white background for user notifications in chatter
boolean
method isStarred() → boolean
State whether this message is starred By default, messages are not starred.
boolean
method isSystemNotification() → boolean
State whether this message is a system notification By default, messages are not system notifications
boolean
method needsModeration() → boolean
States whether the current message needs moderation in general. By default, messages do not require any moderation.
boolean
method shouldRedirectToAuthor() → boolean
State whether this message should redirect to the author when clicking on the author of this message.
Do not redirect on author clicked of self-posted messages.
boolean
class AbstractMessageData()
attribute attachment_ids Array
attribute author_id Array
attribute body string
= “”]
attribute date string
- the server-format date time of the message.
- If not provided, use current date time for this message.
attribute id integer
attribute is_discussion boolean
= false]
attribute is_notification boolean
= false]
attribute message_type string
= undefined]
class AbstractMessage(parent, data)
parent (Widget
)
data (AbstractMessageData
)
This is an abstract class for modeling messages in JS. The purpose of this interface is to make im_livechat compatible with mail.widget.Thread, as this widget was designed to work with messages that are instances of mail.model.Messages.
Ideally, im_livechat should also handle mail.model.Message, but this is not feasible for the moment, as mail.model.Message requires mail.Manager to work, and this module should not leak outside of the backend, hence the use of mail.model.AbstractMessage as a work-around.
method getAttachments() → Object[]
Get the list of files attached to this message. Note that attachments are stored with server-format
Array
<Object
>method getAuthorID() → integer
Get the server ID (number) of the author of this message If there are no author, return -1;
integer
method getAvatarSource() → string
Get the relative url of the avatar to display next to the message
string
method getBody() → string
Get the body content of this message
string
method getDateDay() → string
Get the date day of this message
string
method getDisplayedAuthor() → string
Get the name of the author, if there is an author of this message If there are no author of this message, returns ‘null’
string
method getID() → integer
Get the server ID (number) of this message
integer
method getImageAttachments() → Object[]
Get the list of images attached to this message. Note that attachments are stored with server-format
Array
<Object
>method getNonImageAttachments() → Object[]
Get the list of non-images attached to this message. Note that attachments are stored with server-format
Array
<Object
>method getTimeElapsed() → string
Get the time elapsed between sent message and now
string
method getType() → string|undefined
Get the type of message (e.g. ‘comment’, ‘email’, ‘notification’, …) By default, messages are of type ‘undefined’
string
or undefinedmethod hasAttachments() → boolean
State whether this message contains some attachments.
boolean
method hasAuthor() → boolean
State whether this message has an author
boolean
method hasCustomerEmailData() → boolean
State whether this message contains some customer email data By default, messages do not have any customer email data
boolean
method hasEmailFrom() → string
State whether this message has an email of its sender. By default, messages do not have any email of its sender.
string
method hasImageAttachments() → boolean
State whether this image contains images attachments
boolean
method hasNonImageAttachments() → boolean
State whether this image contains non-images attachments
boolean
method originatesFromChannel() → boolean
State whether this message originates from a channel. By default, messages do not originate from a channel.
boolean
method hasSubject() → boolean
State whether this message has a subject By default, messages do not have any subject.
boolean
method hasSubtypeDescription() → boolean
By default, messages do not have any subtype description
boolean
method hasTrackingValues() → boolean
State whether this message contains some tracking values By default, messages do not have any tracking values.
boolean
method isDiscussion() → boolean
State whether this message is a discussion
boolean
method isLinkedToDocumentThread() → boolean
State whether this message is linked to a document thread By default, messages are not linked to a document thread.
boolean
method isNeedaction() → boolean
State whether this message is needaction By default, messages are not needaction.
boolean
method isNote() → boolean
State whether this message is a note (i.e. a message from “Log note”)
boolean
method isNotification() → boolean
State whether this message is a notification
- User notifications are defined as either
- notes
- pushed to user Inbox or email through classic notification process
- not linked to any document, meaning model and res_id are void
This is useful in order to display white background for user notifications in chatter
boolean
method isStarred() → boolean
State whether this message is starred By default, messages are not starred.
boolean
method isSystemNotification() → boolean
State whether this message is a system notification By default, messages are not system notifications
boolean
method needsModeration() → boolean
States whether the current message needs moderation in general. By default, messages do not require any moderation.
boolean
method shouldRedirectToAuthor() → boolean
State whether this message should redirect to the author when clicking on the author of this message.
Do not redirect on author clicked of self-posted messages.
boolean
class AbstractMessageData()
attribute attachment_ids Array
attribute author_id Array
attribute body string
= “”]
attribute date string
- the server-format date time of the message.
- If not provided, use current date time for this message.
attribute id integer
attribute is_discussion boolean
= false]
attribute is_notification boolean
= false]
attribute message_type string
= undefined]
module stock.stock_report_generic
class stock_report_generic(parent, action)
module web.FormController
class FormController()
method autofocus()
Calls autofocus on the renderer
method createRecord([parentID]) → Deferred
This method switches the form view in edit mode, with a new record.
- parentID (
string
) – if given, the parentID will be used as parent
for the new record.method getSelectedIds() → number[]
Returns the current res_id, wrapped in a list. This is only used by the sidebar (and the debugmanager)
Array
<number
>method on_attach_callback()
Called each time the form view is attached into the DOM
method renderButtons($node)
Render buttons for the control panel. The form view can be rendered in a dialog, and in that case, if we have buttons defined in the footer, we have to use them instead of the standard buttons.
- $node (
jQueryElement
)method renderPager($node, options)
The form view has to prevent a click on the pager if the form is dirty
$node (jQueryElement
)
options (Object
)
method renderSidebar([$node])
Instantiate and render the sidebar if a sidebar is requested Sets this.sidebar
- $node (
jQuery
) – a jQuery node where the sidebar should be
insertedmethod saveRecord()
Show a warning message if the user modified a translated field. For each field, the notification provides a link to edit the field’s translations.
method update(params, options)
Overrides to force the viewType to ‘form’, so that we ensure that the correct fields are reloaded (this is only useful for one2many form views).
params
options
module web.NotificationService
class NotificationService(parent)
- parent
Notification Service
The Notification Service is simply a service used to display notifications in the top/right part of the screen.
If you want to display such a notification, you probably do not want to do it by using this file. The proper way is to use the do_warn or do_notify methods on the Widget class.
method close(notificationId[, silent])
It may sometimes be useful to close programmatically a notification. For example, when there is a sticky notification that warns the user about some condition (connection lost), but the condition do not apply anymore.
notificationId (number
)
silent=false (boolean
) – if true, the notification does not call
onClose callback
method notify(params) → Number
Display a notification at the appropriate location, and returns the reference id to the same widget.
Note that this method does not wait for the appendTo method to complete.
class NotifyParams()
attribute Notification function
- javascript class of a notification
- to instantiate by default use ‘web.Notification’
attribute title string
notification title
attribute message string
notification main message
attribute type string
‘notification’ or ‘warning’
attribute sticky boolean
- if true, the notification will stay
- visible until the user clicks on it.
attribute className string
className to add on the dom
attribute onClose function
- callback when the user click on the x
- or when the notification is auto close (no sticky)
attribute buttons Object[]
attribute buttons[0].click function
callback on click
attribute buttons[0].primary Boolean
display the button as primary
attribute buttons[0].text string
button label
attribute buttons[0].icon string
font-awsome className or image src
class NotificationService(parent)
- parent
Notification Service
The Notification Service is simply a service used to display notifications in the top/right part of the screen.
If you want to display such a notification, you probably do not want to do it by using this file. The proper way is to use the do_warn or do_notify methods on the Widget class.
method close(notificationId[, silent])
It may sometimes be useful to close programmatically a notification. For example, when there is a sticky notification that warns the user about some condition (connection lost), but the condition do not apply anymore.
notificationId (number
)
silent=false (boolean
) – if true, the notification does not call
onClose callback
method notify(params) → Number
Display a notification at the appropriate location, and returns the reference id to the same widget.
Note that this method does not wait for the appendTo method to complete.
class NotifyParams()
attribute Notification function
- javascript class of a notification
- to instantiate by default use ‘web.Notification’
attribute title string
notification title
attribute message string
notification main message
attribute type string
‘notification’ or ‘warning’
attribute sticky boolean
- if true, the notification will stay
- visible until the user clicks on it.
attribute className string
className to add on the dom
attribute onClose function
- callback when the user click on the x
- or when the notification is auto close (no sticky)
attribute buttons Object[]
attribute buttons[0].click function
callback on click
attribute buttons[0].primary Boolean
display the button as primary
attribute buttons[0].text string
button label
attribute buttons[0].icon string
font-awsome className or image src
module mail.ActivityModel
class ActivityModel(parent)
- parent (
Widget
)module web.Notification
class Notification(parent, params)
parent (Widget
)
params (NotificationParams
)
class NotificationParams()
attribute title string
notification title
attribute message string
notification main message
attribute type string
‘notification’ or ‘warning’
attribute sticky boolean
- if true, the notification will stay
- visible until the user clicks on it.
attribute className string
className to add on the dom
attribute onClose function
- callback when the user click on the x
- or when the notification is auto close (no sticky)
attribute buttons Object[]
attribute buttons[0].click function
callback on click
attribute buttons[0].primary boolean
display the button as primary
attribute buttons[0].text string
button label
attribute buttons[0].icon string
font-awsome className or image src
module web.FavoriteMenu
class (parent, query, target_model, action, filters)
parent
query
target_model
action
filters
function start()
We manually add the ‘add to dashboard’ feature in the searchview.
function key_for(filter) → String
Generates a mapping key (in the filters and $filter mappings) for the
filter descriptor object provided (as returned by get_filters
).
The mapping key is guaranteed to be unique for a given (user_id, name) pair.
class KeyForFilter()
attribute name String
attribute user_id Number|Pair<Number, String>
function facet_for(filter) → Object
Generates a Facet()
descriptor from a
filter descriptor
- filter (
FacetForFilter
)Object
class FacetForFilter()
attribute name String
attribute context Object
attribute domain Array
function add_filter([filter])
Adds a filter description to the filters dict
- filter (
Object
) – the filter descriptionfunction append_filter([filter])
Creates a $filter JQuery node, adds it to the $filters dict and appends it to the filter menu
- filter (
Object
) – the filter descriptionmodule pos_reprint.pos_reprint
namespace
module web.search_inputs
class DateTimeField(view_section, field, parent)
view_section
field
parent
Implementation of the datetime
openerp field type:
- Uses the same widget as the
date
field type (a simple date) - Builds a slighly more complex, it’s a datetime range (includes time) spanning the whole day selected by the date widget
namespace
function facet_from(field, pair)
Utility function for m2o & selection fields taking a selection/name_get pair (value, name) and converting it to a Facet descriptor
field (instance.web.search.Field
) – holder field
pair (Array
) – pair value to convert
class CharField(view_section, field, parent)
view_section
field
parent
Implementation of the char
OpenERP field type:
- Default operator is
ilike
rather than=
- The Javascript and the HTML values are identical (strings)
module web.Context
class Context()
method set_eval_context(evalContext) → Context
Set the evaluation context to be used when we actually eval.
- evalContext (
Object
)module web.Session
class Session(parent, origin, options)
parent – The parent of the newly created object. or `null` if the server to contact is the origin server.
origin
options (Dict
) – A dictionary that can contain the following options:
“override_session”: Default to false. If true, the current session object will
not try to re-use a previously created session id stored in a cookie.
“session_id”: Default to null. If specified, the specified session_id will be used
by this session object. Specifying this option automatically implies that the option
“override_session” is set to true.
method session_bind(origin)
Setup a session
- origin
method session_init()
Init a session, reloads from cookie, if it exists
method session_authenticate()
The session is validated by restoration of a previous session
method load_modules()
Load additional web addons of that instance and init them
method session_reload() → $.Deferred
(re)loads the content of a session: db name, username, user id, session context and status of the support contract
jQuery.Deferred
method rpc(url, params, options) → jQuery.Deferred
Executes an RPC call, registering the provided callbacks.
Registers a default error callback if none is provided, and handles setting the correct session id and session context in the parameter objects
url (String
) – RPC endpoint
params (Object
) – call parameters
options (Object
) – additional options for rpc call
jQuery.Deferred
method getTZOffset(date) → integer
Returns the time zone difference (in minutes) from the current locale (host system settings) to UTC, for a given date. The offset is positive if the local timezone is behind UTC, and negative if it is ahead.
- date (
string
or moment
) – a valid string date or moment instanceinteger
module mail.model.Thread
class Thread(params)
This is the super class modeling threads in JS. Such threads are stored in the mail manager, and any piece of JS code whose logic relies on threads must ideally interact with such objects.
In particular, channels and mailboxes are two different kinds of threads.
method close()
Updates the _detached state of the thread. Must be overriden to reflect the new state in the interface.
method detach([options])
Updates the _detached state of the thread. Must be overriden to reflect the new state in the interface.
- options={} (
DetachOptions
)class DetachOptions()
attribute keepFoldState boolean
- if set, keep the fold state
- of this thread. Otherwise unfold it while detaching it.
attribute passively boolean
- if set, if the thread window
- will be created passively.
function fetchMessages() → $.Promise<mail.model.Message[]>
Fetch the list of messages in this thread. By default, a thread has no messages.
Note that this method only returns some messages, as we do not want to fetch all messages of a thread at once, just to read the last message.
As a result, this method fetches only some messages of the thread,
starting from the last message in the thread. At most, it fetches
this.LIMIT
number of messages at a time.
function fold(folded)
Updates the folded state of the thread. Must be overriden to reflect the new state in the interface.
- folded (
boolean
)function getCommands() → Array
Get the list of available commands for the thread. By default, threads do not have any available command.
Array
function getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Get the listeners of the thread. By default, a thread has not listener.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getPreview() → Object
Returns the information required to render the preview of this channel.
Object
function hasBeenPreviewed() → boolean
State whether this channel has been previewed
A channel that has been previewed means that it had the necessary data to display its preview format. A channel needs its meta data and the last message in order to build its preview format.
This is useful in order to not fetch preview info on this channel more than once on channels that have no message at all.
Any received message updates the last_message, so a channel should always have all the necessary information to display its preview after the 1st time.
boolean
function hasUnreadMessages() → boolean
State whether there are unread messages in this thread
boolean
function incrementNeedactionCounter()
Increments the needaction counter of this thread FIXME: this method makes only sense for channels. Not sure, but I think this method is necessary at this level because of the model im_support.SupportChannel
function isAutoswitch() → boolean
States whether the thread should be auto-selected on creation
Note that this is not of the responsibility of the thread: it only provides guidance for the object that uses threads (e.g. mail.Discuss must listen on threads and auto-select the thread if autoswitch is set).
By default, threads are not in autoswitch mode.
boolean
function isChannel() → boolean
States whether this thread is a channel or not. A thread is a channel if it is an instance of mail.model.Channel (direct or indirect). By default, any thread is not a channel
boolean
function isDetached() → boolean
States whether this thread is detached or not. A thread that is detached must have a thread window linked to itself.
boolean
function isLinkedToDocument() → boolean
States whether the thread is linked to a document By default, threads are not linked to a document.
boolean
function isMassMailing() → boolean
States whether this thread has the mass mailing setting active or not. This is a server-side setting, that determine the type of composer that is used (basic or extended composer).
By default, thread have not mass-mailings feature set.
boolean
function isModerated() → boolean
States whether the thread is moderated or not. By default, threads are not moderated.
boolean
function isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is moderator of this thread. By default, the current user is not moderator of this thread.
boolean
function isTwoUserThread() → boolean
States whether this is a two-user thread or not. In particular, public and private channels are not two-user threads, but DMs and Livechats are two-user threads. Two-user threads are used for communication between two users. By default, any thread is not two-user thread.
boolean
function markAsPreviewed()
Mark this channel as previewed
This is useful in order to not fetch preview info on this channel is the server has no preview in the first place.
Note: preview fetch is useful only when the channel contains messages that have not been fetched at all. After that, this channel instance is updated regularly so that the most up-to-date info are available to make the preview of this channel.
class ThreadParams()
attribute parent mail.Manager
attribute data Object
attribute data.channel_type string
attribute data.name string
attribute data.type string
class Thread(params)
This is the super class modeling threads in JS. Such threads are stored in the mail manager, and any piece of JS code whose logic relies on threads must ideally interact with such objects.
In particular, channels and mailboxes are two different kinds of threads.
method close()
Updates the _detached state of the thread. Must be overriden to reflect the new state in the interface.
method detach([options])
Updates the _detached state of the thread. Must be overriden to reflect the new state in the interface.
- options={} (
DetachOptions
)class DetachOptions()
attribute keepFoldState boolean
- if set, keep the fold state
- of this thread. Otherwise unfold it while detaching it.
attribute passively boolean
- if set, if the thread window
- will be created passively.
function fetchMessages() → $.Promise<mail.model.Message[]>
Fetch the list of messages in this thread. By default, a thread has no messages.
Note that this method only returns some messages, as we do not want to fetch all messages of a thread at once, just to read the last message.
As a result, this method fetches only some messages of the thread,
starting from the last message in the thread. At most, it fetches
this.LIMIT
number of messages at a time.
function fold(folded)
Updates the folded state of the thread. Must be overriden to reflect the new state in the interface.
- folded (
boolean
)function getCommands() → Array
Get the list of available commands for the thread. By default, threads do not have any available command.
Array
function getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Get the listeners of the thread. By default, a thread has not listener.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getPreview() → Object
Returns the information required to render the preview of this channel.
Object
function hasBeenPreviewed() → boolean
State whether this channel has been previewed
A channel that has been previewed means that it had the necessary data to display its preview format. A channel needs its meta data and the last message in order to build its preview format.
This is useful in order to not fetch preview info on this channel more than once on channels that have no message at all.
Any received message updates the last_message, so a channel should always have all the necessary information to display its preview after the 1st time.
boolean
function hasUnreadMessages() → boolean
State whether there are unread messages in this thread
boolean
function incrementNeedactionCounter()
Increments the needaction counter of this thread FIXME: this method makes only sense for channels. Not sure, but I think this method is necessary at this level because of the model im_support.SupportChannel
function isAutoswitch() → boolean
States whether the thread should be auto-selected on creation
Note that this is not of the responsibility of the thread: it only provides guidance for the object that uses threads (e.g. mail.Discuss must listen on threads and auto-select the thread if autoswitch is set).
By default, threads are not in autoswitch mode.
boolean
function isChannel() → boolean
States whether this thread is a channel or not. A thread is a channel if it is an instance of mail.model.Channel (direct or indirect). By default, any thread is not a channel
boolean
function isDetached() → boolean
States whether this thread is detached or not. A thread that is detached must have a thread window linked to itself.
boolean
function isLinkedToDocument() → boolean
States whether the thread is linked to a document By default, threads are not linked to a document.
boolean
function isMassMailing() → boolean
States whether this thread has the mass mailing setting active or not. This is a server-side setting, that determine the type of composer that is used (basic or extended composer).
By default, thread have not mass-mailings feature set.
boolean
function isModerated() → boolean
States whether the thread is moderated or not. By default, threads are not moderated.
boolean
function isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is moderator of this thread. By default, the current user is not moderator of this thread.
boolean
function isTwoUserThread() → boolean
States whether this is a two-user thread or not. In particular, public and private channels are not two-user threads, but DMs and Livechats are two-user threads. Two-user threads are used for communication between two users. By default, any thread is not two-user thread.
boolean
function markAsPreviewed()
Mark this channel as previewed
This is useful in order to not fetch preview info on this channel is the server has no preview in the first place.
Note: preview fetch is useful only when the channel contains messages that have not been fetched at all. After that, this channel instance is updated regularly so that the most up-to-date info are available to make the preview of this channel.
class ThreadParams()
attribute parent mail.Manager
attribute data Object
attribute data.channel_type string
attribute data.name string
attribute data.type string
module hr_attendance.greeting_message
class GreetingMessage(parent, action)
parent
action
module web_tour.utils
namespace
module web.Bus
class Bus(parent)
Event Bus used to bind events scoped in the current instance
module crm.partner_assign
namespace
module mail.model.CCThrottleFunctionObject
class CCThrottleFunctionObject(params)
- params (
CCThrottleFunctionObjectParams
)This object models the behaviour of the clearable and cancellable (CC) throttle version of a provided function.
method cancel()
Cancel any buffered function call, but keep the cooldown phase running.
method clear()
Clear the internal throttle timer, so that the following function call is immediate. For instance, if there is a cooldown stage, it is aborted.
method do()
Called when there is a call to the function. This function is throttled, so the time it is called depends on whether the “cooldown stage” occurs or not:
- no cooldown stage: function is called immediately, and it starts
- the cooldown stage when successful.
- in cooldown stage: function is called when the cooldown stage has
- ended from timeout.
Note that after the cooldown stage, only the last attempted function call will be considered.
class CCThrottleFunctionObjectParams()
attribute duration integer
- duration of the ‘cooldown’ phase, i.e.
- the minimum duration between the most recent function call that has been made and the following function call.
attribute func function
- provided function for making the CC
- throttled version.
class CCThrottleFunctionObject(params)
- params (
CCThrottleFunctionObjectParams
)This object models the behaviour of the clearable and cancellable (CC) throttle version of a provided function.
method cancel()
Cancel any buffered function call, but keep the cooldown phase running.
method clear()
Clear the internal throttle timer, so that the following function call is immediate. For instance, if there is a cooldown stage, it is aborted.
method do()
Called when there is a call to the function. This function is throttled, so the time it is called depends on whether the “cooldown stage” occurs or not:
- no cooldown stage: function is called immediately, and it starts
- the cooldown stage when successful.
- in cooldown stage: function is called when the cooldown stage has
- ended from timeout.
Note that after the cooldown stage, only the last attempted function call will be considered.
class CCThrottleFunctionObjectParams()
attribute duration integer
- duration of the ‘cooldown’ phase, i.e.
- the minimum duration between the most recent function call that has been made and the following function call.
attribute func function
- provided function for making the CC
- throttled version.
module mail.AttachmentBox
class AttachmentBox(parent, record)
parent
record (AttachmentBoxRecord
)
class AttachmentBoxRecord()
attribute model string
attribute res_id Number
module web.BrowserDetection
class BrowserDetection()
module im_livechat.model.WebsiteLivechat
class WebsiteLivechat(params)
Thread model that represents a livechat on the website-side. This livechat is not linked to the mail service.
method incrementUnreadCounter()
Increments the unread counter of this livechat by 1 unit.
Note: this public method makes sense because the management of messages for website livechat is external. This method should be dropped when this class handles messages by itself.
method setMessages(messages)
AKU: hack for the moment
- messages (
Array
<im_livechat.model.WebsiteLivechatMessage
>)class WebsiteLivechatParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.folded boolean
- states whether the livechat is
- folded or not. It is considered only if this is defined and it is a boolean.
attribute data.id integer
the ID of this livechat.
attribute data.message_unread_counter integer
- the unread counter
- of this livechat.
attribute data.operator_pid Array
attribute data.name string
the name of this livechat.
attribute data.state string
- if ‘folded’, the livechat is folded.
- This is ignored if
folded
is provided and is a boolean value.
attribute data.uuid string
the UUID of this livechat.
attribute parent im_livechat.im_livechat.LivechatButton
class WebsiteLivechat(params)
Thread model that represents a livechat on the website-side. This livechat is not linked to the mail service.
method incrementUnreadCounter()
Increments the unread counter of this livechat by 1 unit.
Note: this public method makes sense because the management of messages for website livechat is external. This method should be dropped when this class handles messages by itself.
method setMessages(messages)
AKU: hack for the moment
- messages (
Array
<im_livechat.model.WebsiteLivechatMessage
>)class WebsiteLivechatParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.folded boolean
- states whether the livechat is
- folded or not. It is considered only if this is defined and it is a boolean.
attribute data.id integer
the ID of this livechat.
attribute data.message_unread_counter integer
- the unread counter
- of this livechat.
attribute data.operator_pid Array
attribute data.name string
the name of this livechat.
attribute data.state string
- if ‘folded’, the livechat is folded.
- This is ignored if
folded
is provided and is a boolean value.
attribute data.uuid string
the UUID of this livechat.
attribute parent im_livechat.im_livechat.LivechatButton
module sale_management.sale_management
namespace
module portal.signature_form
namespace
module web.OrgChart
class FieldOrgChart()
module mrp.mrp_bom_report
class MrpBomReport(parent, action)
parent
action
module partner.autocomplete.core
namespace
function getCreateData(company) → Deferred
Get enriched data + logo before populating partner form
- company (
Object
)function isOnline() → boolean
Check connectivity
boolean
module mail.model.Channel
class Channel(params)
This class represent channels in JS. In this context, the word channel has the same meaning of channel on the server, meaning that direct messages (DM) and livechats are also channels.
Any piece of code in JS that make use of channels must ideally interact with such objects, instead of direct data from the server.
method close()
Close the channel
This operation is executed server-side and the chat window will be folded in all potential tabs from all browsers.
method decrementNeedactionCounter([num])
Decrement the needaction counter of the channel Floor value at 0.
- num=1 (
integer
) – the amount to decrement at mostmethod detach()
Open the chat window for this channel (in all potential tabs from all browsers)
method forceFetchMembers() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Force fetch members of the channel
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>method fold(folded)
Folds/Minimize the channel (in all potential tabs from all browsers)
- folded (
boolean
)method getCommands() → Array
Show the list of available commands on this channel (e.g. ‘/help’)
Array
method getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Get listeners of a channel
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>method getTitle() → string|Object
Returns the title to display in thread window’s headers. For channels, the title is prefixed with “#”.
string
or Object
method getUUID() → string
Get the UUID of the channel. This is a string that uniquely links this channel to a server channel.
string
method incrementNeedactionCounter()
Increment the needaction counter of this channel by 1 unit
method isAutoswitch() → boolean
States whether the channel should be auto-selected on creation
Note that this is not of the responsibility of the channel (see mail.model.Thread for more information)
boolean
method isChannel() → boolean
All instances of this class are chanels
boolean
method isGroupBasedSubscription() → boolean
States whether the channel auto-subscribes some users in a group
boolean
method isModerated() → boolean
States whether the channel is moderated or not.
boolean
method isMyselfAdministrator() → boolean
Tells whether the current user is administrator of the channel. Note that there is no administrator for two-user channels
boolean
method isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is moderator of this channel.
boolean
method unsubscribe() → $.Promise
Unsubscribes from channel
jQuery.Promise
method updateWindowState(params)
Updates the internal state of the channel, and reflects the changes in the UI.
Called by {mail.Manager.Notification} on receiving a channel window notification. A notification is received after a client-side action that changes the state of the channel window visually, so that cross tab channels are updated similarly.
TODO: This method should be dropped if the state of windows are completely handled client-side, which should be the case in the near future.
- params (
UpdateWindowStateParams
)class UpdateWindowStateParams()
attribute detached boolean
attribute folded boolean
function resetNeedactionCounter()
Reset the needaction counter to 0.
class ChannelParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.channel_type string
attribute data.create_uid integer
- the ID of the user that has
- created the channel.
attribute data.group_based_subscription boolean
attribute data.is_minimized boolean
attribute data.is_moderator boolean
- whether the current user is
- moderator of this channel.
attribute data.last_message_date string
date in server-format
attribute data.message_unread_counter integer
attribute data.moderation boolean
- whether the channel is
- moderated or not
attribute data.state string
attribute data.uuid string
attribute options Object
attribute options.autoswitch boolean
attribute commands Object[]
class Channel(params)
This class represent channels in JS. In this context, the word channel has the same meaning of channel on the server, meaning that direct messages (DM) and livechats are also channels.
Any piece of code in JS that make use of channels must ideally interact with such objects, instead of direct data from the server.
method close()
Close the channel
This operation is executed server-side and the chat window will be folded in all potential tabs from all browsers.
method decrementNeedactionCounter([num])
Decrement the needaction counter of the channel Floor value at 0.
- num=1 (
integer
) – the amount to decrement at mostmethod detach()
Open the chat window for this channel (in all potential tabs from all browsers)
method forceFetchMembers() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Force fetch members of the channel
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>method fold(folded)
Folds/Minimize the channel (in all potential tabs from all browsers)
- folded (
boolean
)method getCommands() → Array
Show the list of available commands on this channel (e.g. ‘/help’)
Array
method getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Get listeners of a channel
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>method getTitle() → string|Object
Returns the title to display in thread window’s headers. For channels, the title is prefixed with “#”.
string
or Object
method getUUID() → string
Get the UUID of the channel. This is a string that uniquely links this channel to a server channel.
string
method incrementNeedactionCounter()
Increment the needaction counter of this channel by 1 unit
method isAutoswitch() → boolean
States whether the channel should be auto-selected on creation
Note that this is not of the responsibility of the channel (see mail.model.Thread for more information)
boolean
method isChannel() → boolean
All instances of this class are chanels
boolean
method isGroupBasedSubscription() → boolean
States whether the channel auto-subscribes some users in a group
boolean
method isModerated() → boolean
States whether the channel is moderated or not.
boolean
method isMyselfAdministrator() → boolean
Tells whether the current user is administrator of the channel. Note that there is no administrator for two-user channels
boolean
method isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is moderator of this channel.
boolean
method unsubscribe() → $.Promise
Unsubscribes from channel
jQuery.Promise
method updateWindowState(params)
Updates the internal state of the channel, and reflects the changes in the UI.
Called by {mail.Manager.Notification} on receiving a channel window notification. A notification is received after a client-side action that changes the state of the channel window visually, so that cross tab channels are updated similarly.
TODO: This method should be dropped if the state of windows are completely handled client-side, which should be the case in the near future.
- params (
UpdateWindowStateParams
)class UpdateWindowStateParams()
attribute detached boolean
attribute folded boolean
function resetNeedactionCounter()
Reset the needaction counter to 0.
class ChannelParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.channel_type string
attribute data.create_uid integer
- the ID of the user that has
- created the channel.
attribute data.group_based_subscription boolean
attribute data.is_minimized boolean
attribute data.is_moderator boolean
- whether the current user is
- moderator of this channel.
attribute data.last_message_date string
date in server-format
attribute data.message_unread_counter integer
attribute data.moderation boolean
- whether the channel is
- moderated or not
attribute data.state string
attribute data.uuid string
attribute options Object
attribute options.autoswitch boolean
attribute commands Object[]
module mail.Chatter
class Chatter(parent, record, mailFields, options)
parent (widget
)
record (Object
)
mailFields (ChatterMailFields
)
options (ChatterOptions
)
class ChatterMailFields()
attribute mail_activity string
attribute mail_followers string
attribute mail_thread string
class ChatterOptions()
attribute viewType string
- current viewType in
- which the chatter is instantiated
module web.AutoComplete
class (parent, options)
parent
options
module mail.model.Message
class Message(parent, data, emojis)
parent (web.Manager
)
data (MessageData
)
emojis (Array
<Object
>)
This is the main class for the modeling messages in JS. Such messages are stored in the mail manager, and any piece of JS code whose logic relies on threads must ideally interact with such objects.
method getAuthorName() → string
Get the name of the author of this message If there are no author, return “”.
string
method getAvatarSource() → string
Get the relative url of the avatar to display next to the message
string
method getCustomerEmailData() → Object[]|undefined
Get the customer email data of this email, if any. If this message has no such data, returns ‘undefined’
Array
<Object
> or undefinedmethod getCustomerEmailStatus() → string|undefined
Get the customer email status of this email, if any. If this message has no such data, returns ‘undefined’
string
or undefinedmethod getDisplayedAuthor() → string
Get the text to display for the author of the message
Rule of precedence for the displayed author:
author name > sender email > "anonymous"
string
method getDocumentID() → integer
Get the ID of the document that this message is linked.
integer
method getDocumentModel() → string
Get the model of the document that this message is linked. If this message is not linked to a document, returns “”.
string
method getDocumentName() → string
Get the name of the document that this message is linked. If this message is not linked to a document, returns “”.
It uses the name of an existing document thread, in order to have the updated document name. If there is no document thread yet, use the currently aware document name.
As a result, this method should ideally be called internally, in order to avoid having different names for messages linked to a same modified document.
string
method getEmailFrom() → string
Get the email of the sender of this message. If this email has no sender email, returns “”.
string
method getOriginChannelID() → integer
Get the ID of the channel that this message originates from.
If this message does not originate from a channel, returns -1
.
integer
method getOriginChannelName() → string
Get the name of the channel that this message originates from. If this message does not originate from a channel, returns “”.
string
method getPreview() → Object
Returns the information required to render the preview of this channel.
Object
method getSubject() → string
Get the subject of this message If this message has no subject, returns “”.
string
method getThreadIDs() → string[]|undefined
Get the list of thread IDs that this message is linked to If this message is not linked to a thread, returns ‘undefined’
Array
<string
> or undefinedmethod getTrackingValues() → Object[]|undefined
Get the tracking values of this message If this message has no tracking values, returns ‘undefined’
Array
<Object
> or undefinedmethod hasCustomerEmailData() → boolean
State whether this message contains some customer email data
boolean
method hasEmailFrom() → string
State whether this message has an email of its sender.
string
method hasSubject() → boolean
State whether this message has a subject
boolean
method hasTrackingValues() → boolean
State whether this message contains some tracking values
boolean
method isLinkedToDocumentThread() → boolean
State whether this message is linked to a document thread (not channel)
Usually, if this is true, then this message comes from a document thread, but the document model could be a channel. In that case, the document resID tells the channel that this message originally comes from.
To detect whether the message comes from a channel, see the method ‘originatesFromChannel’.
boolean
method isMyselfAuthor() → boolean
State whether the current user is the author of this message
boolean
method needsModeration() → boolean
States whether the current message needs moderation in general.
boolean
method needsModerationByUser() → boolean
States whether the current message needs moderation by the current user. Such a message should be in the moderation mailbox.
boolean
method isNeedaction() → boolean
State whether this message is needaction
boolean
method isStarred() → boolean
State whether this message is starred
boolean
method isSystemNotification() → boolean
State whether this message is a system notification
boolean
method originatesFromChannel() → boolean
States whether the message originates from a channel or not
boolean
method removeThread(threadID)
Unregister thread with ID threadID
from this message
- threadID (
string
or integer
) – ID of threadmethod setModerationStatus(newModerationStatus[, options])
Update the moderation status of the message, so that it is now accepted or rejected. When the message is accepted, it may be linked to more threads, which is the case for relay channels on moderated channels.
newModerationStatus (string
) – [‘accepted’, ‘rejected’]
options (SetModerationStatusOptions
)
class SetModerationStatusOptions()
attribute additionalThreadIDs Object
- contains additional thread
- IDs to be registered on the message.
function setStarred(starred)
Set whether the message is starred or not. If it is starred, the message is moved to the “Starred” mailbox. Note that this function only applies it locally, the server is not aware
- starred (
boolean
) – if set, the message is starredfunction shouldDisplaySubject() → boolean
State whether this message should display the subject
boolean
function shouldRedirectToAuthor() → boolean
State whether this message should redirect to the author when clicking on the author of this message.
Do not redirect on author clicked of self-posted or Odoobot messages (note: Odoobot is the default author of transient messages)
boolean
function toggleStarStatus() → $.Promise
Toggle the star status of the message
It relies on the star status of the message from the date of the server. The star status is updated from a ‘toggle_star’ notification on the longpoll bus
jQuery.Promise
function updateCustomerEmailStatus(newCustomerEmailStatus)
Update the customer email status
- newCustomerEmailStatus (
string
)class MessageData()
attribute body string
= “”]
attribute channel_ids (string|integer)[]
attribute customer_email_data Object[]
attribute customer_email_status string
attribute email_from string
attribute info string
attribute model string
attribute moderation_status string
attribute module_icon string
attribute needaction_partner_ids Array
= []]
attribute record_name string
attribute res_id integer
attribute starred_partner_ids Array
= []]
attribute subject string
attribute subtype_description string
attribute tracking_value_ids Object[]
class Message(parent, data, emojis)
parent (web.Manager
)
data (MessageData
)
emojis (Array
<Object
>)
This is the main class for the modeling messages in JS. Such messages are stored in the mail manager, and any piece of JS code whose logic relies on threads must ideally interact with such objects.
method getAuthorName() → string
Get the name of the author of this message If there are no author, return “”.
string
method getAvatarSource() → string
Get the relative url of the avatar to display next to the message
string
method getCustomerEmailData() → Object[]|undefined
Get the customer email data of this email, if any. If this message has no such data, returns ‘undefined’
Array
<Object
> or undefinedmethod getCustomerEmailStatus() → string|undefined
Get the customer email status of this email, if any. If this message has no such data, returns ‘undefined’
string
or undefinedmethod getDisplayedAuthor() → string
Get the text to display for the author of the message
Rule of precedence for the displayed author:
author name > sender email > "anonymous"
string
method getDocumentID() → integer
Get the ID of the document that this message is linked.
integer
method getDocumentModel() → string
Get the model of the document that this message is linked. If this message is not linked to a document, returns “”.
string
method getDocumentName() → string
Get the name of the document that this message is linked. If this message is not linked to a document, returns “”.
It uses the name of an existing document thread, in order to have the updated document name. If there is no document thread yet, use the currently aware document name.
As a result, this method should ideally be called internally, in order to avoid having different names for messages linked to a same modified document.
string
method getEmailFrom() → string
Get the email of the sender of this message. If this email has no sender email, returns “”.
string
method getOriginChannelID() → integer
Get the ID of the channel that this message originates from.
If this message does not originate from a channel, returns -1
.
integer
method getOriginChannelName() → string
Get the name of the channel that this message originates from. If this message does not originate from a channel, returns “”.
string
method getPreview() → Object
Returns the information required to render the preview of this channel.
Object
method getSubject() → string
Get the subject of this message If this message has no subject, returns “”.
string
method getThreadIDs() → string[]|undefined
Get the list of thread IDs that this message is linked to If this message is not linked to a thread, returns ‘undefined’
Array
<string
> or undefinedmethod getTrackingValues() → Object[]|undefined
Get the tracking values of this message If this message has no tracking values, returns ‘undefined’
Array
<Object
> or undefinedmethod hasCustomerEmailData() → boolean
State whether this message contains some customer email data
boolean
method hasEmailFrom() → string
State whether this message has an email of its sender.
string
method hasSubject() → boolean
State whether this message has a subject
boolean
method hasTrackingValues() → boolean
State whether this message contains some tracking values
boolean
method isLinkedToDocumentThread() → boolean
State whether this message is linked to a document thread (not channel)
Usually, if this is true, then this message comes from a document thread, but the document model could be a channel. In that case, the document resID tells the channel that this message originally comes from.
To detect whether the message comes from a channel, see the method ‘originatesFromChannel’.
boolean
method isMyselfAuthor() → boolean
State whether the current user is the author of this message
boolean
method needsModeration() → boolean
States whether the current message needs moderation in general.
boolean
method needsModerationByUser() → boolean
States whether the current message needs moderation by the current user. Such a message should be in the moderation mailbox.
boolean
method isNeedaction() → boolean
State whether this message is needaction
boolean
method isStarred() → boolean
State whether this message is starred
boolean
method isSystemNotification() → boolean
State whether this message is a system notification
boolean
method originatesFromChannel() → boolean
States whether the message originates from a channel or not
boolean
method removeThread(threadID)
Unregister thread with ID threadID
from this message
- threadID (
string
or integer
) – ID of threadmethod setModerationStatus(newModerationStatus[, options])
Update the moderation status of the message, so that it is now accepted or rejected. When the message is accepted, it may be linked to more threads, which is the case for relay channels on moderated channels.
newModerationStatus (string
) – [‘accepted’, ‘rejected’]
options (SetModerationStatusOptions
)
class SetModerationStatusOptions()
attribute additionalThreadIDs Object
- contains additional thread
- IDs to be registered on the message.
function setStarred(starred)
Set whether the message is starred or not. If it is starred, the message is moved to the “Starred” mailbox. Note that this function only applies it locally, the server is not aware
- starred (
boolean
) – if set, the message is starredfunction shouldDisplaySubject() → boolean
State whether this message should display the subject
boolean
function shouldRedirectToAuthor() → boolean
State whether this message should redirect to the author when clicking on the author of this message.
Do not redirect on author clicked of self-posted or Odoobot messages (note: Odoobot is the default author of transient messages)
boolean
function toggleStarStatus() → $.Promise
Toggle the star status of the message
It relies on the star status of the message from the date of the server. The star status is updated from a ‘toggle_star’ notification on the longpoll bus
jQuery.Promise
function updateCustomerEmailStatus(newCustomerEmailStatus)
Update the customer email status
- newCustomerEmailStatus (
string
)class MessageData()
attribute body string
= “”]
attribute channel_ids (string|integer)[]
attribute customer_email_data Object[]
attribute customer_email_status string
attribute email_from string
attribute info string
attribute model string
attribute moderation_status string
attribute module_icon string
attribute needaction_partner_ids Array
= []]
attribute record_name string
attribute res_id integer
attribute starred_partner_ids Array
= []]
attribute subject string
attribute subtype_description string
attribute tracking_value_ids Object[]
module mail.utils
namespace
module web.KanbanColumn
class KanbanColumn()
method on_attach_callback()
Called when a record has been quick created, as a new column is rendered and appended into a fragment, before replacing the old column in the DOM. When this happens, the quick create widget is inserted into the new column directly, and it should be focused. However, as it is rendered into a fragment, the focus has to be set manually once in the DOM.
method addQuickCreate() → Deferred
Adds the quick create record to the top of the column.
method cancelQuickCreate()
Closes the quick create widget if it isn’t dirty.
module web_settings_dashboard
namespace
module web.Pager
class Pager([parent, ][size, ][current_min, ][limit, ]options)
parent (Widget
) – the parent widget
size (int
) – the total number of elements
current_min (int
) – the first element of the current_page
limit (int
) – the number of elements per page
options (PagerOptions
)
method start() → jQuery.Deferred
Renders the pager
jQuery.Deferred
method disable()
Disables the pager’s arrows and the edition
method enable()
Enables the pager’s arrows and the edition
method next()
Executes the next action on the pager
method previous()
Executes the previous action on the pager
method updateState([state][, options])
Sets the state of the pager and renders it
state (Object
) – the values to update (size, current_min and limit)
options (UpdateStateOptions
)
class UpdateStateOptions()
attribute notifyChange boolean
- set to true to make the pager
- notify the environment that its state changed
class PagerOptions()
attribute can_edit boolean
editable feature of the pager
attribute single_page_hidden boolean
- (not) to display the pager
- if only one page
attribute validate function
- callback returning a Deferred to
- validate changes
module mail.model.Timers
class Timers(params)
- params (
TimersParams
)This class lists several timers that use a same callback and duration.
method registerTimer(params)
Register a timer with ID timerID
to start.
- an already registered timer with this ID is reset.
- (optional) can provide a list of arguments that is passed to the function callback when timer times out.
- params (
RegisterTimerParams
)class RegisterTimerParams()
attribute timeoutCallbackArguments Array
attribute timerID integer
function unregisterTimer(params)
Unregister a timer with ID timerID
. The unregistered timer is aborted
and will not time out.
- params (
UnregisterTimerParams
)class UnregisterTimerParams()
attribute timerID integer
class TimersParams()
attribute duration integer
- duration of the underlying timers from
- start to timeout, in milli-seconds.
attribute onTimeout function
- a function to call back for underlying
- timers on timeout.
class Timers(params)
- params (
TimersParams
)This class lists several timers that use a same callback and duration.
method registerTimer(params)
Register a timer with ID timerID
to start.
- an already registered timer with this ID is reset.
- (optional) can provide a list of arguments that is passed to the function callback when timer times out.
- params (
RegisterTimerParams
)class RegisterTimerParams()
attribute timeoutCallbackArguments Array
attribute timerID integer
function unregisterTimer(params)
Unregister a timer with ID timerID
. The unregistered timer is aborted
and will not time out.
- params (
UnregisterTimerParams
)class UnregisterTimerParams()
attribute timerID integer
class TimersParams()
attribute duration integer
- duration of the underlying timers from
- start to timeout, in milli-seconds.
attribute onTimeout function
- a function to call back for underlying
- timers on timeout.
module pos_restaurant.printbill
namespace
module web.view_registry
object instance of Registry
module mail.AbstractThreadWindow
class AbstractThreadWindow(parent[, thread][, options])
parent (Widget
)
thread=null (mail.model.AbstractThread
) – the thread that this
thread window is linked to. If not set, it is the “blank” thread
window.
options={} (AbstractThreadWindowOptions
)
This is an abstract widget for rendering thread windows.
It contains logic that are shared between mail.ThreadWindow and im_livechat.WebsiteLivechatWindow.
The reason for having two different implementation of thread windows is that mail.ThreadWindow makes use of mail.Manager, which is used in the backend, while im_livechat.WebsiteLivechatWindow must work without this mail service.
method close()
Close this window
method getID() → integer|string
Get the ID of the thread window, which is equivalent to the ID of the thread related to this window
integer
or string
method getThreadStatus() → string|undefined
Get the status of the thread, such as the im status of a DM chat
(‘online’, ‘offline’, etc.). If this window has no thread, returns
undefined
.
string
or undefinedmethod getTitle() → string
Get the title of the thread window, which usually contains the name of the thread.
string
method getUnreadCounter() → integer
Get the unread counter of the related thread. If there are no thread linked to this window, returns 0.
integer
method hasThread() → boolean
States whether this thread window is related to a thread or not.
This is useful in order to provide specific behaviour for thread windows without any thread, e.g. let them open a thread from this “blank” thread window.
boolean
method isAtBottom() → boolean
Tells whether the bottom of the thread in the thread window is visible or not.
boolean
method isFolded() → boolean
State whether the related thread is folded or not. If there are no thread related to this window, it means this is the “blank” thread window, therefore we use the internal folded state.
boolean
method isMobile() → boolean
States whether the current environment is in mobile or not. This is useful in order to customize the template rendering for mobile view.
boolean
method isHidden() → boolean
States whether the thread window is hidden or not.
boolean
method needsComposer() → boolean
States whether the input of the thread window should be displayed or not. By default, any thread window with a thread needs a composer.
boolean
method render()
Render the thread window
method renderTypingNotificationBar()
Render the ‘is typing…’ notification bar text on the thread in this thread window. This is called when there is a change in the list of users currently typing something on this thread.
method scrollToBottom()
Scroll to the bottom of the thread in the thread window
method toggleFold([folded])
Toggle the fold state of this thread window. Also update the fold state
of the thread model. If the boolean parameter folded
is provided, it
folds/unfolds the window when it is set/unset.
- folded (
boolean
) – if not a boolean, toggle the fold state.
Otherwise, fold/unfold the window if set/unset.method updateVisualFoldState()
Update the visual state of the window so that it matched the internal fold state. This is useful in case the related thread has its fold state that has been changed.
class AbstractThreadWindowOptions()
attribute thread mail.model.AbstractThread
class AbstractThreadWindow(parent[, thread][, options])
parent (Widget
)
thread=null (mail.model.AbstractThread
) – the thread that this
thread window is linked to. If not set, it is the “blank” thread
window.
options={} (AbstractThreadWindowOptions
)
This is an abstract widget for rendering thread windows.
It contains logic that are shared between mail.ThreadWindow and im_livechat.WebsiteLivechatWindow.
The reason for having two different implementation of thread windows is that mail.ThreadWindow makes use of mail.Manager, which is used in the backend, while im_livechat.WebsiteLivechatWindow must work without this mail service.
method close()
Close this window
method getID() → integer|string
Get the ID of the thread window, which is equivalent to the ID of the thread related to this window
integer
or string
method getThreadStatus() → string|undefined
Get the status of the thread, such as the im status of a DM chat
(‘online’, ‘offline’, etc.). If this window has no thread, returns
undefined
.
string
or undefinedmethod getTitle() → string
Get the title of the thread window, which usually contains the name of the thread.
string
method getUnreadCounter() → integer
Get the unread counter of the related thread. If there are no thread linked to this window, returns 0.
integer
method hasThread() → boolean
States whether this thread window is related to a thread or not.
This is useful in order to provide specific behaviour for thread windows without any thread, e.g. let them open a thread from this “blank” thread window.
boolean
method isAtBottom() → boolean
Tells whether the bottom of the thread in the thread window is visible or not.
boolean
method isFolded() → boolean
State whether the related thread is folded or not. If there are no thread related to this window, it means this is the “blank” thread window, therefore we use the internal folded state.
boolean
method isMobile() → boolean
States whether the current environment is in mobile or not. This is useful in order to customize the template rendering for mobile view.
boolean
method isHidden() → boolean
States whether the thread window is hidden or not.
boolean
method needsComposer() → boolean
States whether the input of the thread window should be displayed or not. By default, any thread window with a thread needs a composer.
boolean
method render()
Render the thread window
method renderTypingNotificationBar()
Render the ‘is typing…’ notification bar text on the thread in this thread window. This is called when there is a change in the list of users currently typing something on this thread.
method scrollToBottom()
Scroll to the bottom of the thread in the thread window
method toggleFold([folded])
Toggle the fold state of this thread window. Also update the fold state
of the thread model. If the boolean parameter folded
is provided, it
folds/unfolds the window when it is set/unset.
- folded (
boolean
) – if not a boolean, toggle the fold state.
Otherwise, fold/unfold the window if set/unset.method updateVisualFoldState()
Update the visual state of the window so that it matched the internal fold state. This is useful in case the related thread has its fold state that has been changed.
class AbstractThreadWindowOptions()
attribute thread mail.model.AbstractThread
module web.viewUtils
namespace utils
FIXME: move this module to its own file in master
function getGroupValue(group, groupByField) → string | integer | false
Returns the value of a group dataPoint, i.e. the value of the groupBy field for the records in that group.
group (Object
) – dataPoint of type list, corresponding to a group
groupByField (string
) – the name of the groupBy field
string
or integer
or falsefunction isQuickCreateEnabled(list) → Boolean
States whether or not the quick create feature is available for the given datapoint, depending on its groupBy field.
- list (
Object
) – dataPoint of type listBoolean
namespace utils
FIXME: move this module to its own file in master
function getGroupValue(group, groupByField) → string | integer | false
Returns the value of a group dataPoint, i.e. the value of the groupBy field for the records in that group.
group (Object
) – dataPoint of type list, corresponding to a group
groupByField (string
) – the name of the groupBy field
string
or integer
or falsefunction isQuickCreateEnabled(list) → Boolean
States whether or not the quick create feature is available for the given datapoint, depending on its groupBy field.
- list (
Object
) – dataPoint of type listBoolean
module account.ReconciliationRenderer
class StatementRenderer(parent, model, state)
rendering of the bank statement action contains progress bar, title and auto reconciliation button
method start()
display iniial state and create the name statement field
method update(state)
update the statement rendering
- state (
UpdateState
) – statement dataclass UpdateState()
statement data
attribute valuenow integer
for the progress bar
attribute valuemax integer
for the progress bar
attribute title string
for the progress bar
attribute notifications [object]
class LineRenderer(parent, model, state)
rendering of the bank statement line, contains line data, proposition and view for ‘match’ and ‘create’ mode
method update(state)
update the statement line rendering
- state (
object
) – statement linenamespace
class StatementRenderer(parent, model, state)
rendering of the bank statement action contains progress bar, title and auto reconciliation button
method start()
display iniial state and create the name statement field
method update(state)
update the statement rendering
- state (
UpdateState
) – statement dataclass UpdateState()
statement data
attribute valuenow integer
for the progress bar
attribute valuemax integer
for the progress bar
attribute title string
for the progress bar
attribute notifications [object]
class ManualRenderer(parent, model, state)
parent
model
state
rendering of the manual reconciliation action contains progress bar, title and auto reconciliation button
class LineRenderer(parent, model, state)
rendering of the bank statement line, contains line data, proposition and view for ‘match’ and ‘create’ mode
method update(state)
update the statement line rendering
- state (
object
) – statement lineclass ManualLineRenderer(parent, model, state)
parent
model
state
rendering of the manual reconciliation, contains line data, proposition and view for ‘match’ mode
method start()
move the partner field
class ManualLineRenderer(parent, model, state)
parent
model
state
rendering of the manual reconciliation, contains line data, proposition and view for ‘match’ mode
method start()
move the partner field
class ManualRenderer(parent, model, state)
parent
model
state
rendering of the manual reconciliation action contains progress bar, title and auto reconciliation button
module mail.Discuss
class Discuss()
class PartnerInviteDialog(parent, title, channelID)
parent
title
channelID (integer
or string
) – id of the channel,
a string for static channels (e.g. ‘mailbox_inbox’).
Widget : Invite People to Channel Dialog
Popup containing a ‘many2many_tags’ custom input to select multiple partners. Searches user according to the input, and triggers event when selection is validated.
class ModeratorRejectMessageDialog(parent, params)
parent (web.Widget
)
params (ModeratorRejectMessageDialogParams
)
Widget : Moderator reject message dialog
Popup containing message title and reject message body. This let the moderator provide a reason for rejecting the messages.
class ModeratorRejectMessageDialogParams()
attribute messageIDs integer[]
- list of message IDs to send
- ‘reject’ decision reason
attribute proceedReject function
- a function to call when the
moderator confirms the reason for rejecting the messages. This function passes an object as the reason for reject, which is structured as follow:
{ title: <string>, comment: <string>, }
module web.AbstractController
class AbstractController(parent, model, renderer, params)
parent (Widget
)
model (AbstractModel
)
renderer (AbstractRenderer
)
params (AbstractControllerParams
)
method start() → Deferred
Simply renders and updates the url.
method on_attach_callback()
Called each time the controller is attached into the DOM.
method on_detach_callback()
Called each time the controller is detached from the DOM.
method giveFocus()
Gives the focus to the renderer
method discardChanges([recordID]) → Deferred
Discards the changes made on the record associated to the given ID, or all changes made by the current controller if no recordID is given. For example, when the user opens the ‘home’ screen, the action manager calls this method on the active view to make sure it is ok to open the home screen (and lose all current state).
Note that it returns a deferred, because the view could choose to ask the user if he agrees to discard.
- recordID (
string
) – if not given, we consider all the changes made by the controllermethod getContext() → Object
Returns any special keys that may be useful when reloading the view to get the same effect. This is necessary for saving the current view in the favorites. For example, a graph view might want to add a key to save the current graph type.
Object
method getTitle() → string
Returns a title that may be displayed in the breadcrumb area. For example, the name of the record.
note: this will be moved to AbstractAction
string
method is_action_enabled(action) → boolean
The use of this method is discouraged. It is still snakecased, because it currently is used in many templates, but we will move to a simpler mechanism as soon as we can.
- action (
string
) – type of action, such as ‘create’, ‘read’, …boolean
method reload([params]) → Deferred
Short helper method to reload the view
- params (
Object
) – This object will simply be given to the updatemethod renderPager($node)
For views that require a pager, this method will be called to allow the controller to instantiate and render a pager. Note that in theory, the controller can actually render whatever he wants in the pager zone. If your view does not want a pager, just let this method empty.
- $node (
jQuery
)method renderSidebar($node)
Same as renderPager, but for the ‘sidebar’ zone (the zone with the menu dropdown in the control panel next to the buttons)
- $node (
jQuery
)method update(params[, options]) → Deferred
This is the main entry point for the controller. Changes from the search view arrive in this method, and internal changes can sometimes also call this method. It is basically the way everything notifies the controller that something has changed.
The update method is responsible for fetching necessary data, then updating the renderer and wait for the rendering to complete.
params (Object
) – will be given to the model and to the renderer
options (UpdateOptions
)
class UpdateOptions()
attribute reload boolean
if true, the model will reload data
class AbstractControllerParams()
attribute modelName string
attribute controllerID string
- an id to ease the communication
- with upstream components
attribute handle any
a handle that will be given to the model (some id)
attribute initialState any
the initialState
attribute isMultiRecord boolean
attribute actionViews Object[]
attribute viewType string
attribute withControlPanel boolean
- set to false to hide the
- ControlPanel
module point_of_sale.gui
namespace
module web.GraphModel
class (parent)
- parent (
Widget
)function get() → Object
We defend against outside modifications by extending the chart data. It may be overkill.
Object
function load(params) → Deferred
Initial loading.
- params (
LoadParams
)class LoadParams()
attribute mode string
one of ‘pie’, ‘bar’, ‘line
attribute measure string
a valid field name
attribute groupBys string[]
a list of valid field names
attribute context Object
attribute domain string[]
attribute intervalMapping Object
- object linking fieldNames with intervals.
- this could be useful to simplify the code. For now this parameter is not used.
function reload(handle, params) → Deferred
Reload data. It is similar to the load function. Note that we ignore the handle parameter, we always expect our data to be in this.chart object.
handle (any
) – ignored!
params (ReloadParams
)
class ReloadParams()
attribute domain string[]
attribute groupBy string[]
attribute mode string
one of ‘bar’, ‘pie’, ‘line’
attribute measure string
a valid field name
module web.DropdownMenu
class DropdownMenu(parent, dropdownHeader, items)
parent (Widget
)
dropdownHeader (DropdownMenuDropdownHeader
) – object used to customize the dropdown menu.
items (Array
<Object
>) – list of menu items
Menu items:
* itemId: string; (optional) unique id associated with the item
* description: string; label printed on screen
* groupId: string;
* isActive: boolean; (optional) determines if the item is considered active
* isOpen: boolean; (optional) in case there are options the submenu presenting the options is opened or closed according to isOpen
* isRemovable: boolean; (optional) can be removed from menu options: array of objects with ‘optionId’ and ‘description’ keys; (optional)
* currentOptionId: string refers to an optionId that is activated if item is active (optional)
method start()
override
class DropdownMenuDropdownHeader()
object used to customize the dropdown menu.
attribute title String
attribute icon String
attribute symbol String
attribute category String
descripbes the type of items
attribute style String
the button style
module web.local_storage
object storage instance of RamStorage
module mail.model.Timer
class Timer(params)
- params (
TimerParams
)This class creates a timer which, when times out, calls a function.
method clear()
Clears the countdown of the timer.
method reset()
Resets the timer, i.e. resets its duration.
method start()
Starts the timer, i.e. after a certain duration, it times out and calls a function back.
class TimerParams()
attribute duration integer
- duration of timer before timeout in
- milli-seconds.
attribute onTimeout function
- function that is called when the
- timer times out.
class Timer(params)
- params (
TimerParams
)This class creates a timer which, when times out, calls a function.
method clear()
Clears the countdown of the timer.
method reset()
Resets the timer, i.e. resets its duration.
method start()
Starts the timer, i.e. after a certain duration, it times out and calls a function back.
class TimerParams()
attribute duration integer
- duration of timer before timeout in
- milli-seconds.
attribute onTimeout function
- function that is called when the
- timer times out.
module website_event.registration_form.instance
namespace
module mail_bot.MailBotService
class MailBotService(parent)
- parent
method getPreviews([filter]) → Object[]
Get the previews related to the OdooBot (conversation not included). For instance, when there is no conversation with OdooBot and OdooBot has a request, it should display a preview in the systray messaging menu.
- filter (
string
or undefined)Array
<Object
>method hasRequest() → boolean
Tell whether OdooBot has a request or not.
boolean
module pos_discount.pos_discount
namespace
module web.FormView
class FormView()
module website_sale_stock.ProductConfiguratorMixin
namespace ProductConfiguratorMixin
function computePriceTotal()
When a product is added or when the quantity is changed, we need to refresh the total price row TODO awa: add a container context to avoid global selectors ?
function onChangeVariant(ev)
When a variant is changed, this will check: - If the selected combination is available or not - The extra price if applicable - The display name of the product (“Customizable desk (White, Steel)”) - The new total price - The need of adding a “custom value” input
- ev (
MouseEvent
)function onClickAddCartJSON(ev)
Hack to add and remove from cart with json
- ev (
MouseEvent
)function onChangeAddQuantity(ev)
When the quantity is changed, we need to query the new price of the product. Based on the price list, the price might change when quantity exceeds X
- ev (
MouseEvent
)function triggerVariantChange($container)
Triggers the price computation and other variant specific changes
- $container (
jQuery.Element
)function getCustomVariantValues($container) → Array
Will look for user custom attribute values in the provided container
- $container (
jQuery.Element
)Array
function getNoVariantAttributeValues($container) → Array
Will look for attribute values that do not create product variant (see product_attribute.create_variant “dynamic”)
- $container (
jQuery.Element
)Array
function getSelectedVariantValues($container)
Will return the list of selected product.template.attribute.value ids For the modal, the “main product“‘s attribute values are stored in the “unchanged_value_ids” data
- $container (
jQuery.Element
) – the container to look intofunction selectOrCreateProduct($container, productId, productTemplateId, useAjax) → $.Deferred
Will return a deferred: - If the product already exists, immediately resolves it with the product_id - If the product does not exist yet (“dynamic” variant creation), this method will
create the product first and then resolve the deferred with the created product’s id
$container (jQuery.Element
) – the container to look into
productId (integer
) – the product id
productTemplateId (integer
) – the corresponding product template id
useAjax (boolean
) – wether the rpc call should be done using ajax.jsonRpc or using _rpc
jQuery.Deferred
function _onChangeCombinationStock(ev, $parent, combination)
Addition to the product_configurator_mixin._onChangeCombination
This will prevent the user from selecting a quantity that is not available in the stock for that product.
It will also display various info/warning messages regarding the select product’s stock.
This behavior is only applied for the web shop (and not on the SO form) and only for the main product.
ev (MouseEvent
)
$parent (jQuery.Element
)
combination (Array
)
module web.UserMenu
class UserMenu(parent)
module web.DebugManager
class DebugManager()
DebugManager base + general features (applicable to any context)
method perform_callback(evt)
Calls the appropriate callback when clicking on a Debug option
- evt
method perform_js_tests()
Runs the JS (desktop) tests
method perform_js_mobile_tests()
Runs the JS mobile tests
method regenerateAssets() → void
Delete assets bundles to force their regeneration
void
class DebugManager()
DebugManager base + general features (applicable to any context)
method perform_callback(evt)
Calls the appropriate callback when clicking on a Debug option
- evt
method perform_js_tests()
Runs the JS (desktop) tests
method perform_js_mobile_tests()
Runs the JS mobile tests
method regenerateAssets() → void
Delete assets bundles to force their regeneration
void
module web.ModelFieldSelector
class ModelFieldSelector(parent, model, chain[, options])
parent
model (string
) – the model name (e.g. “res.partner”)
chain (Array
<string
>) – list of the initial field chain parts
options (ModelFieldSelectorOptions
) – some key-value options
The ModelFieldSelector widget can be used to display/select a particular field chain from a given model.
method getSelectedField() → Object
Returns the field information selected by the field chain.
Object
method isValid() → boolean
Indicates if the field chain is valid. If the field chain has not been processed yet (the widget is not ready), this method will return undefined.
boolean
method setChain(chain) → Deferred
Saves a new field chain (array) and re-render.
- chain (
Array
<string
>) – the new field chainclass ModelFieldSelectorOptions()
some key-value options
attribute order string
an ordering key for displayed fields
attribute readonly boolean
true if should be readonly
attribute filter function
a function to filter the fetched fields
attribute filters Object
some key-value options to filter the fetched fields
attribute filters.searchable boolean
true if only the searchable fields have to be used
attribute fields Object[]
- the list of fields info to use when no relation has
- been followed (null indicates the widget has to request the fields itself)
attribute followRelations boolean|function
true if can follow relation when building the chain
attribute debugMode boolean
true if the widget is in debug mode, false otherwise
namespace modelFieldsCache
Field Selector Cache - TODO Should be improved to use external cache ? - Stores fields per model used in field selector
class ModelFieldSelector(parent, model, chain[, options])
parent
model (string
) – the model name (e.g. “res.partner”)
chain (Array
<string
>) – list of the initial field chain parts
options (ModelFieldSelectorOptions
) – some key-value options
The ModelFieldSelector widget can be used to display/select a particular field chain from a given model.
method getSelectedField() → Object
Returns the field information selected by the field chain.
Object
method isValid() → boolean
Indicates if the field chain is valid. If the field chain has not been processed yet (the widget is not ready), this method will return undefined.
boolean
method setChain(chain) → Deferred
Saves a new field chain (array) and re-render.
- chain (
Array
<string
>) – the new field chainclass ModelFieldSelectorOptions()
some key-value options
attribute order string
an ordering key for displayed fields
attribute readonly boolean
true if should be readonly
attribute filter function
a function to filter the fetched fields
attribute filters Object
some key-value options to filter the fetched fields
attribute filters.searchable boolean
true if only the searchable fields have to be used
attribute fields Object[]
- the list of fields info to use when no relation has
- been followed (null indicates the widget has to request the fields itself)
attribute followRelations boolean|function
true if can follow relation when building the chain
attribute debugMode boolean
true if the widget is in debug mode, false otherwise
function sortFields(fields, model, order) → Object[]
Allows to transform a mapping field name -> field info in an array of the field infos, sorted by field user name (“string” value). The field infos in the final array contain an additional key “name” with the field name.
fields (Object
) – the mapping field name -> field info
model (string
)
order
Array
<Object
>module web.kanban_record_quick_create
class RecordQuickCreate(parent, options)
parent (Widget
)
options (RecordQuickCreateOptions
)
method willStart()
Loads the form fieldsView (if not provided), instantiates the form view and starts the form controller.
method on_attach_callback()
Called when the quick create is appended into the DOM.
class RecordQuickCreateOptions()
attribute context Object
attribute formViewRef string|null
attribute model string
module web.Loading
class Loading(parent)
- parent
module web.clickEverywhere
function startClickEverywhere()
module web.AjaxService
class AjaxService(parent)
- parent
module website.mobile
namespace
module web.KanbanColumnProgressBar
class KanbanColumnProgressBar(parent, options, columnState)
parent
options
columnState
attribute ANIMATE boolean
Allows to disable animations for tests.
module google_drive.sidebar
class Sidebar(parent, options)
parent
options
method start()
Get the attachment linked to the record when the toolbar started
module mail.DocumentViewer
class DocumentViewer(parent, attachments, activeAttachmentID)
parent
attachments (Array
<Object
>) – list of attachments
activeAttachmentID (integer
)
method start()
Open a modal displaying the active attachment
module web.WebClient
class (parent)
- parent
function show_application()
Overrides to ask the Mail service to check whether there is a pending chat session with Support, and if so, to re-open it.
function getScrollPosition() → Object
Returns the left and top scroll positions of the main scrolling area (i.e. the action manager in desktop).
Object
module website_sale.editor
namespace
module survey.survey
namespace
module web.DomainSelector
class DomainTree(parent, model, domain)
parent
model
domain
DomainNode which can handle subdomains (a domain which is composed of multiple parts). It thus will be composed of other DomainTree instances and/or leaf parts of a domain (@see DomainLeaf).
class DomainLeaf(parent, model, domain, options)
parent
model
domain
options
DomainNode which handles a domain which cannot be split in another subdomains, i.e. composed of a field chain, an operator and a value.
method willStart() → Deferred
Prepares the information the rendering of the widget will need by pre-instantiating its internal field selector widget.
class DomainNode(parent, model, domain[, options])
parent (Object
)
model (string
) – the model name
domain (Array
or string
) – the prefix representation of the domain
options (DomainNodeOptions
) – an object with possible values:
Abstraction for widgets which can represent and allow edition of a domain.
method isValid() → boolean
Should return if the node is representing a well-formed domain, whose field chains properly belong to the associated model.
boolean
method getDomain() → Array
Should return the prefix domain the widget is currently representing (an array).
Array
class DomainNodeOptions()
an object with possible values:
attribute readonly boolean
true if is readonly
attribute default Array
- default domain used when creating a
- new node
attribute operators string[]
a list of available operators (null = all of supported ones)
attribute debugMode boolean
true if should be in debug
class DomainSelector(parent, model, domain)
parent
model
domain
The DomainSelector widget can be used to build prefix char domain. It is the DomainTree specialization to use to have a fully working widget.
Known limitations:
- Some operators like “child_of”, “parent_of”, “like”, “not like”, “=like”, “=ilike” will come only if you use them from demo data or debug input.
- Some kind of domain can not be build right now e.g (“country_id”, “in”, [1,2,3]) but you can insert from debug input.
method setDomain(domain) → Deferred
Changes the internal domain value and forces a reparsing and rerendering. If the internal domain value was already equal to the given one, this does nothing.
class DomainSelector(parent, model, domain)
parent
model
domain
The DomainSelector widget can be used to build prefix char domain. It is the DomainTree specialization to use to have a fully working widget.
Known limitations:
- Some operators like “child_of”, “parent_of”, “like”, “not like”, “=like”, “=ilike” will come only if you use them from demo data or debug input.
- Some kind of domain can not be build right now e.g (“country_id”, “in”, [1,2,3]) but you can insert from debug input.
method setDomain(domain) → Deferred
Changes the internal domain value and forces a reparsing and rerendering. If the internal domain value was already equal to the given one, this does nothing.
function instantiateNode(parent, model, domain, options) → DomainTree|DomainLeaf|null
Instantiates a DomainTree if the given domain contains several parts and a DomainLeaf if it only contains one part. Returns null otherwise.
parent (Object
)
model (string
) – the model name
domain (Array
or string
) – the prefix representation of the domain
options (Object
) – @see DomainNode.init.options
DomainTree
or DomainLeaf
or nullmodule web_tour.Tip
class Tip(parent[, info])
parent (Widget
)
info (Object
) – description of the tip, containing the following keys:
- content [String] the html content of the tip
- event_handlers [Object] description of optional event handlers to bind to the tip:
- event [String] the event name
- selector [String] the jQuery selector on which the event should be bound
- handler [function] the handler
- position [String] tip’s position (‘top’, ‘right’, ‘left’ or ‘bottom’), default ‘right’
- width [int] the width in px of the tip when opened, default 270
- space [int] space in px between anchor and tip, default 10
- overlay [Object] x and y values for the number of pixels the mouseout detection area
overlaps the opened tip, default {x: 50, y: 50}
module mail.composer.Extended
class ExtendedComposer(parent, options)
parent
options
module mail.emojis
namespace emojis
namespace data
This data represent all the available emojis that are supported on the web client:
- key: this is the source representation of an emoji, i.e. its “character”
- representation. This is a string that can be easily typed by the user and then translated to its unicode representation (see value)
- value: this is the unicode representation of an emoji, i.e. its “true”
- representation in the system.
module web_editor.context
namespace
module sale.ProductConfiguratorMixin
namespace ProductConfiguratorMixin
function computePriceTotal()
When a product is added or when the quantity is changed, we need to refresh the total price row TODO awa: add a container context to avoid global selectors ?
function onChangeVariant(ev)
When a variant is changed, this will check: - If the selected combination is available or not - The extra price if applicable - The display name of the product (“Customizable desk (White, Steel)”) - The new total price - The need of adding a “custom value” input
- ev (
MouseEvent
)function onClickAddCartJSON(ev)
Hack to add and remove from cart with json
- ev (
MouseEvent
)function onChangeAddQuantity(ev)
When the quantity is changed, we need to query the new price of the product. Based on the price list, the price might change when quantity exceeds X
- ev (
MouseEvent
)function triggerVariantChange($container)
Triggers the price computation and other variant specific changes
- $container (
jQuery.Element
)function getCustomVariantValues($container) → Array
Will look for user custom attribute values in the provided container
- $container (
jQuery.Element
)Array
function getNoVariantAttributeValues($container) → Array
Will look for attribute values that do not create product variant (see product_attribute.create_variant “dynamic”)
- $container (
jQuery.Element
)Array
function getSelectedVariantValues($container)
Will return the list of selected product.template.attribute.value ids For the modal, the “main product“‘s attribute values are stored in the “unchanged_value_ids” data
- $container (
jQuery.Element
) – the container to look intofunction selectOrCreateProduct($container, productId, productTemplateId, useAjax) → $.Deferred
Will return a deferred: - If the product already exists, immediately resolves it with the product_id - If the product does not exist yet (“dynamic” variant creation), this method will
create the product first and then resolve the deferred with the created product’s id
$container (jQuery.Element
) – the container to look into
productId (integer
) – the product id
productTemplateId (integer
) – the corresponding product template id
useAjax (boolean
) – wether the rpc call should be done using ajax.jsonRpc or using _rpc
jQuery.Deferred
function _onChangeCombinationStock(ev, $parent, combination)
Addition to the product_configurator_mixin._onChangeCombination
This will prevent the user from selecting a quantity that is not available in the stock for that product.
It will also display various info/warning messages regarding the select product’s stock.
This behavior is only applied for the web shop (and not on the SO form) and only for the main product.
ev (MouseEvent
)
$parent (jQuery.Element
)
combination (Array
)
module barcodes.field
namespace
module web.datepicker
namespace
module website.ace
class WebsiteAceEditor(parent, viewKey[, options])
parent (Widget
)
viewKey (string
or integer
) – xml_id or id of the view whose linked resources have to be loaded.
options (WebsiteAceEditorOptions
)
Extends the default view editor so that the URL hash is updated with view ID
class WebsiteAceEditorOptions()
attribute initialResID string|integer
- a specific view ID / SCSS URL to load on start (otherwise the main
- view ID associated with the specified viewKey will be used)
attribute position string
attribute doNotLoadViews boolean
attribute doNotLoadSCSS boolean
attribute includeBundles boolean
attribute includeAllSCSS boolean
attribute defaultBundlesRestriction string[]
class WebsiteAceEditor(parent, viewKey[, options])
parent (Widget
)
viewKey (string
or integer
) – xml_id or id of the view whose linked resources have to be loaded.
options (WebsiteAceEditorOptions
)
Extends the default view editor so that the URL hash is updated with view ID
class WebsiteAceEditorOptions()
attribute initialResID string|integer
- a specific view ID / SCSS URL to load on start (otherwise the main
- view ID associated with the specified viewKey will be used)
attribute position string
attribute doNotLoadViews boolean
attribute doNotLoadSCSS boolean
attribute includeBundles boolean
attribute includeAllSCSS boolean
attribute defaultBundlesRestriction string[]
module website.content.lazy_template_call
class LazyTemplateRenderer(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.method start()
Lazy replaces the [data-oe-call]
elements by their corresponding
template content.
module mail.model.Livechat
class Livechat(params)
- params (
LivechatParams
)backend-side of the livechat.
Any piece of code in JS that make use of Livechats must ideally interact with such objects, instead of direct data from the server.
method getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Override so that the list of members has the website use. This is necessary in order for the ‘is_typing’ feature to compute the name to display of a user that is typing.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>method registerTyping(params)
Called when someone starts typing something on the livechat.
Overrides it so that it determine the partner based on the received userID. The reason is that anonymous users have the partner ID of the admin, which is likely also an operator, so userID must be used in order to distinct them.
- params (
RegisterTypingParams
)class RegisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner that is currently
- typing something on the thread.
attribute isWebsiteUser boolean
- whether the typing partner
- is an anonymous user (reminder: they share partnerID with admin).
function unregisterTyping(params)
Called when someone stops typing something on the livechat.
Overrides it so that it determine the partner based on the received userID. The reason is that anonymous users have the partner ID of the admin, which is likely also an operator, so userID must be used in order to distinct them.
- params (
UnregisterTypingParams
)class UnregisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner that stops typing
- something on the thread.
attribute isWebsiteUser boolean
- whether the typing partner
- is an anonymous user (reminder: they share partnerID with admin).
class LivechatParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.anonymous_name string
name of the website user
class Livechat(params)
- params (
LivechatParams
)backend-side of the livechat.
Any piece of code in JS that make use of Livechats must ideally interact with such objects, instead of direct data from the server.
method getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Override so that the list of members has the website use. This is necessary in order for the ‘is_typing’ feature to compute the name to display of a user that is typing.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>method registerTyping(params)
Called when someone starts typing something on the livechat.
Overrides it so that it determine the partner based on the received userID. The reason is that anonymous users have the partner ID of the admin, which is likely also an operator, so userID must be used in order to distinct them.
- params (
RegisterTypingParams
)class RegisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner that is currently
- typing something on the thread.
attribute isWebsiteUser boolean
- whether the typing partner
- is an anonymous user (reminder: they share partnerID with admin).
function unregisterTyping(params)
Called when someone stops typing something on the livechat.
Overrides it so that it determine the partner based on the received userID. The reason is that anonymous users have the partner ID of the admin, which is likely also an operator, so userID must be used in order to distinct them.
- params (
UnregisterTypingParams
)class UnregisterTypingParams()
attribute partnerID integer
- ID of the partner that stops typing
- something on the thread.
attribute isWebsiteUser boolean
- whether the typing partner
- is an anonymous user (reminder: they share partnerID with admin).
class LivechatParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.anonymous_name string
name of the website user
module web.colorpicker
class Colorpicker(parent[, options])
parent (Widget
)
options (ColorpickerOptions
)
method convertHexToRgb(hex) → Object|false
Converts Hexadecimal code to RGB.
- hex (
string
) – hexadecimal codeObject
or falsemethod convertRgbToHsl(r, g, b) → Object|false
Converts RGB color to HSL.
r (integer
)
g (integer
)
b (integer
)
Object
or falsemethod convertHslToRgb(h, s, l) → Object|false
Converts HSL color to RGB.
h (integer
)
s (integer
)
l (integer
)
Object
or falsemethod convertRgbToHex(r, g, b) → Object|false
Converts RGB color to Hexadecimal code.
r (integer
)
g (integer
)
b (integer
)
Object
or falseclass ColorpickerOptions()
attribute defaultColor string
module web.ListRenderer
class ListRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent
state
params (ListRendererParams
)
method giveFocus()
Order to focus to be given to the content of the current view
method canBeSaved([recordID]) → string[]
If the given recordID is the list main one (or that no recordID is given), then the whole view can be saved if one of the two following conditions is true: - There is no line in edition (all lines are saved so they are all valid) - The line in edition can be saved
- recordID (
string
)Array
<string
>method confirmChange(state, id)
We need to override the confirmChange method from BasicRenderer to reevaluate the row decorations. Since they depends on the current value of the row, they might have changed between each edit.
state
id
method confirmUpdate(state, id, fields, ev) → Deferred<AbstractField[]>
This is a specialized version of confirmChange, meant to be called when the change may have affected more than one line (so, for example, an onchange which add/remove a few lines in a x2many. This does not occur in a normal list view)
The update is more difficult when other rows could have been changed. We need to potentially remove some lines, add some other lines, update some other lines and maybe reorder a few of them. This problem would neatly be solved by using a virtual dom, but we do not have this luxury yet. So, in the meantime, what we do is basically remove every current row except the ‘main’ one (the row which caused the update), then rerender every new row and add them before/after the main one.
state (Object
)
id (string
)
fields (Array
<string
>)
ev (OdooEvent
)
method editRecord(recordID)
Edit a given record in the list
- recordID (
string
)method getEditableRecordID() → string|null
Returns the recordID associated to the line which is currently in edition or null if there is no line in edition.
string
or nullmethod removeLine(state, recordID)
Removes the line associated to the given recordID (the index of the row is found thanks to the old state), then updates the state.
state (Object
)
recordID (string
)
method setRowMode(recordID, mode) → Deferred
Updates the already rendered row associated to the given recordID so that it fits the given mode.
recordID (string
)
mode (string
)
method unselectRow() → Deferred
This method is called whenever we click/move outside of a row that was in edit mode. This is the moment we save all accumulated changes on that row, if needed (@see BasicController.saveRecord).
Note that we have to disable the focusable elements (inputs, …) to prevent subsequent editions. These edits would be lost, because the list view only saves records when unselecting a row.
class ListRendererParams()
attribute addCreateLine boolean
attribute addTrashIcon boolean
module bus.CrossTab
class CrossTabBus()
CrossTab
This is an extension of the longpolling bus with browser cross-tab synchronization. It uses a Master/Slaves with Leader Election architecture: - a single tab handles longpolling. - tabs are synchronized by means of the local storage.
localStorage used keys are: - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.channels : shared public channel list to listen during the poll - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.options : shared options - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.notification : the received notifications from the last poll - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.tab_list : list of opened tab ids - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.tab_master : generated id of the master tab
trigger: - window_focus : when the window is focused - notification : when a notification is receive from the long polling - become_master : when this tab became the master - no_longer_master : when this tab is not longer the master (the user swith tab)
method addChannel()
Share the bus channels with the others tab by the local storage
method deleteChannel()
Share the bus channels with the others tab by the local storage
method isMasterTab() → boolean
Tells whether this bus is related to the master tab.
boolean
method startPolling()
Use the local storage to share the long polling from the master tab.
method updateOption()
Share the option with the local storage
class CrossTabBus()
CrossTab
This is an extension of the longpolling bus with browser cross-tab synchronization. It uses a Master/Slaves with Leader Election architecture: - a single tab handles longpolling. - tabs are synchronized by means of the local storage.
localStorage used keys are: - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.channels : shared public channel list to listen during the poll - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.options : shared options - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.notification : the received notifications from the last poll - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.tab_list : list of opened tab ids - {LOCAL_STORAGE_PREFIX}.{sanitizedOrigin}.tab_master : generated id of the master tab
trigger: - window_focus : when the window is focused - notification : when a notification is receive from the long polling - become_master : when this tab became the master - no_longer_master : when this tab is not longer the master (the user swith tab)
method addChannel()
Share the bus channels with the others tab by the local storage
method deleteChannel()
Share the bus channels with the others tab by the local storage
method isMasterTab() → boolean
Tells whether this bus is related to the master tab.
boolean
method startPolling()
Use the local storage to share the long polling from the master tab.
method updateOption()
Share the option with the local storage
module point_of_sale.devices
namespace
module sale.SalePortalSidebar.instance
namespace
module im_support.SupportSession
object instance of Session
This module returns an instance of Session which is linked to the Support server, allowing the current instance to communicate with the Support server (CORS).
module auth_password_policy.PasswordField
Defines a proper password field (rather than just an InputField option) to provide a “password strength” meter based on the database’s current policy & the 2word16 password policy recommended by Shay (2016) “Designing Password Policies for Strength and Usability”.
class PasswordField()
module website_sale_options.website_sale
module report.utils
namespace
module web.utils
namespace utils
function assert(bool)
Throws an error if the given condition is not true
- bool (
any
)function binaryToBinsize(value) → string
Check if the value is a bin_size or not. If not, compute an approximate size out of the base64 encoded string.
- value (
string
) – original formatstring
function confine([val][, min][, max]) → number
Confines a value inside an interval
val (number
) – the value to confine
min (number
) – the minimum of the interval
max (number
) – the maximum of the interval
number
function generateID() → integer
Generate a unique numerical ID
integer
function get_cookie(c_name) → string
Read the cookie described by c_name
- c_name (
string
)string
function human_number(number[, decimals][, minDigits][, formatterCallback]) → string
Returns a human readable number (e.g. 34000 -> 34k).
number (number
)
decimals=0 (integer
) – maximum number of decimals to use in human readable representation
minDigits=1 (integer
) – the minimum number of digits to preserve when switching to another
level of thousands (e.g. with a value of ‘2’, 4321 will still be
represented as 4321 otherwise it will be down to one digit (4k))
formatterCallback (function
) – a callback to transform the final number before adding the
thousands symbol (default to adding thousands separators (useful
if minDigits > 1))
string
function human_size(size)
Returns a human readable size
- size (
Number
) – number of bytesfunction insert_thousand_seps(num) → String
Insert “thousands” separators in the provided number (which is actually a string)
- num (
String
)String
function intersperse(str, indices, separator) → String
Intersperses separator
in str
at the positions indicated by
indices
.
indices
is an array of relative offsets (from the previous insertion
position, starting from the end of the string) at which to insert
separator
.
There are two special values:
-1
- indicates the insertion should end now
0
- indicates that the previous section pattern should be repeated (until all
of
str
is consumed)
str (String
)
indices (Array
<Number
>)
separator (String
)
String
function lpad(str, size) → string
Left-pad provided arg 1 with zeroes until reaching size provided by second argument.
str (number
or string
) – value to pad
size (number
) – size to reach on the final padded value
string
function round_decimals(value, decimals)
performs a half up rounding with a fixed amount of decimals, correcting for float loss of precision See the corresponding float_round() in server/tools/float_utils.py for more info
value (Number
) – the value to be rounded
decimals (Number
) – the number of decimals. eg: round_decimals(3.141592,2) -> 3.14
function round_precision(value, precision)
performs a half up rounding with arbitrary precision, correcting for float loss of precision See the corresponding float_round() in server/tools/float_utils.py for more info
value (number
) – the value to be rounded
precision (number
) – a precision parameter. eg: 0.01 rounds to two digits.
function set_cookie(name, value, ttl)
Create a cookie
name (String
) – the name of the cookie
value (String
) – the value stored in the cookie
ttl (Integer
) – time to live of the cookie in millis. -1 to erase the cookie.
function stableSort(array, iteratee)
Sort an array in place, keeping the initial order for identical values.
array (Array
)
iteratee (function
)
function traverse(tree, f)
Visit a tree of objects, where each children are in an attribute ‘children’. For each children, we call the callback function given in arguments.
tree (Object
) – an object describing a tree structure
f (function
) – a callback
function traversePath(tree, f, path)
Enhanced traverse function with ‘path’ building on traverse.
tree (Object
) – an object describing a tree structure
f (function
) – a callback
path (Object
) – the path to the current ‘tree’ object
function deepFreeze(obj)
Visit a tree of objects and freeze all
- obj (
Object
)function closestNumber(num, arr) → Number|undefined
Find the closest value of the given one in the provided array
num (Number
)
arr (Array
)
Number
or undefinedmodule portal.chatter
class PortalChatter(parent, options)
parent
options
Widget PortalChatter
- Fetch message fron controller
- Display chatter: pager, total message, composer (according to access right)
- Provider API to filter displayed messages
method messageFetch(domain) → Deferred
Fetch the messages and the message count from the server for the current page and current domain.
- domain (
Array
)method preprocessMessages(messages) → Array
Update the messages format
- messages (
Array
<Object
>)Array
method round_to_half(value)
Round the given value with a precision of 0.5.
Examples: - 1.2 –> 1.0 - 1.7 –> 1.5 - 1.9 –> 2.0
- value (
Number
)namespace
class PortalChatter(parent, options)
parent
options
Widget PortalChatter
- Fetch message fron controller
- Display chatter: pager, total message, composer (according to access right)
- Provider API to filter displayed messages
method messageFetch(domain) → Deferred
Fetch the messages and the message count from the server for the current page and current domain.
- domain (
Array
)method preprocessMessages(messages) → Array
Update the messages format
- messages (
Array
<Object
>)Array
method round_to_half(value)
Round the given value with a precision of 0.5.
Examples: - 1.2 –> 1.0 - 1.7 –> 1.5 - 1.9 –> 2.0
- value (
Number
)module mail.Service
class MailManager(parent)
- parent
method addMessage(data)
For new posted message of current user in a document thread: store it in the localStorage to make it appear on the other tabs.
Note: ‘addMessage’ modifies the message in place (by setting the channel_id, so we must store the message in the localStorage before calling ‘addMessage’)
- data (
AddMessageData
)class AddMessageData()
attribute author_id Array
- [int, string] where int is server ID of
- the author, and string is the name of the author.
attribute id integer
server ID of the message
attribute model string
- the model name of the document that this
- message is related to.
attribute res_id integer
- the ID of the document that this message
- is related to.
function createChannel(name, type) → $.Promise<integer>
Creates a channel, can be either a true channel or a DM chat based on
type
name (integer
or string
) – id of partner (in case of dm) or name
type (string
) – [‘dm_chat’, ‘public’, ‘private’]
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function getCannedResponses() → Array
Returns the list of canned responses A canned response is a pre-formatted text that is triggered with some keystrokes, such as with ‘:’.
Array
function getChannel(threadID) → mail.model.Channel|undefined
Returns a channel corresponding to the given id.
- threadID (
integer
)mail.model.Channel
or undefinedfunction getChannels() → mail.model.Channel[]
Returns a list of channels
Array
<mail.model.Channel
>function getChannelPreviews() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Overrides to filter out the Support channel from the previews.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getDiscussMenuID() → integer
Returns the record id of ir.ui.menu for Discuss
integer
function getDMChatFromPartnerID(partnerID) → Object|undefined
Gets direct message channel
- partnerID (
integer
)Object
or undefinedfunction getMailFailures() → mail.model.MailFailure[]
Returns a list of mail failures
Array
<mail.model.MailFailure
>function getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → Array<Object[]>
Get partners as mentions from a chatter Typically all employees as partner suggestions.
Array
<Array
<Object
>>function getMessage(messageID) → mail.model.Message|undefined
Gets message from its ID
- messageID (
integer
)mail.model.Message
or undefinedfunction getSystrayPreviews([filter]) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Returns the previews to display in the systray’s messaging menu.
- filter=undefined (
string
) – specify ‘chat’ or ‘channels’ to only
get previews for that type of threadsjQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getModeratedChannelIDs() → integer[]
Get the list of channel IDs where the current user is a moderator
Array
<integer
>function getOdoobotID() → string
Get the OdooBot ID, which is the default authorID for transient messages
string
function getThread(threadID) → mail.model.Thread|undefined
Returns thread matching provided ID, if any
- threadID (
string
or integer
)mail.model.Thread
or undefinedfunction getThreads() → mail.model.Thread[]
Returns a list of threads
Array
<mail.model.Thread
>function isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is a moderator or not
boolean
function isReady() → $.Promise
States whether the mail manager is ready or not This is the case when it has fetched the initial state from the server, by means of the route ‘mail/init_messaging’
jQuery.Promise
function joinChannel(channelID[, options]) → $.Promise<integer>
Join an existing channel See @createChannel to join a new channel
channelID (integer
)
options (Object
) – options to be passed on channel add
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function markMessagesAsRead(messageIDs) → $.Promise
Mark messages as read
- messageIDs (
Array
) – list of messages IDsjQuery.Promise
function openThread(threadID)
Open the thread window if discuss is not opened
- threadID (
integer
or string
)function redirect(resModel, resID[, dmRedirectionCallback])
Special redirection handling for given model and id
If the model is res.partner, and there is a user associated with this partner which isn’t the current user, open the DM chat with this user. Otherwhise, open the record’s form view (if not current user’s).
resModel (string
) – model to open
resID (integer
) – record to open
dmRedirectionCallback (function
) – only used if ‘res.partner’,
a function that has a threadID as input
function removeMessageFromThreads(message)
Remove the message from all of its threads
- message (
mail.model.Message
)function searchPartner(searchVal, limit) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Search among prefetched partners, using the string ‘searchVal’
searchVal (string
)
limit (integer
) – max number of found partners in the response
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function unstarAll() → $.Promise
Unstars all messages from all channels
jQuery.Promise
function getDocumentThread(model, resID) → integer
Returns a document thread corresponding to the given model and resID.
model (string
) – of the document thread, if it exists
resID
integer
function getOrAddDocumentThread(params) → mail.model.DocumentThread
Add a new document thread, or get if it exists already.
Also, if a name is provided for the document thread, it overwrites the previous one.
- params (
GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams
)class GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams()
attribute message_ids interger[]
- the list of message ids linked
- to the document (if not given, they will be fetched before fetching the messages)
attribute name string
- if provided, overwrites the name of the
- existing document thread
attribute resID integer
attribute resModel string
function updateDocumentThreadState(threadID, state)
Updates the state of a given document thread (stored in localStorage). Garbage collects windows previously marked as ‘closed’ (assuming that the info has already been processed by the other tabs).
threadID (string
) – ID of a document thread
state (UpdateDocumentThreadStateState
)
class UpdateDocumentThreadStateState()
attribute name string
name of the document thread
attribute windowState string
(‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)
function initSupport()
Initialises the Support: checks if there is a pending chat session between the user and Support, and if so, re-opens it. Note: we can’t directly override init(), because it is already called when the include is applied, so we use this hook instead (called at webclient startup)
function startPollingSupport([pollingDelay])
Initiates a longpoll with the server hosting the Support channel.
- pollingDelay=POLL_TIMEOUT_DELAY (
integer
) – the longpolling
timeout delay to setfunction startSupportLivechat([channelState]) → Deferred
Opens the Support channel between a livechat operator from the Support database and the current user (if there is an available operator). Ensures to perform only once the request to create/retrieve the Support channel.
- channelState=’open’ (
string
) – state of the Support
channel (see CHANNEL_STATES for accepted values)function updateSupportChannelState(state)
Updates the state of the Support channel (stored in the localStorage).
- state (
string
) – (‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)function openBlankThreadWindow()
Open the blank thread window (i.e. the thread window without any thread linked to it). Make it if there is no blank thread window yet.
function openDMChatWindowFromBlankThreadWindow(partnerID)
Open a DM chat in a thread window. This is useful when selecting a DM chatin the blank thread window, so that it replaces it with the DM chat window.
- partnerID (
integer
)function openThreadWindow(threadID[, options])
Open a thread in a thread window
threadID (integer
) – a valid thread ID
options (OpenThreadWindowOptions
)
class OpenThreadWindowOptions()
attribute passively boolean
- if set to true, open the thread
- window without focusing the input and marking messages as read if it is not open yet, and do nothing otherwise.
attribute keepFoldState boolean
- if set to true, keep the
- fold state of the thread
function updateThreadWindow(threadID, options)
Called when a thread has its window state that has been changed, so its thread window view should be changed to match the model.
threadID (integer
or string
)
options (UpdateThreadWindowOptions
) – option to be applied on opening thread window, if
the thread is detached
class UpdateThreadWindowOptions()
- option to be applied on opening thread window, if
- the thread is detached
attribute passively boolean
- if set, the window will behave
- passively.
module web.CalendarQuickCreate
class QuickCreate(parent, buttons, options, dataTemplate, dataCalendar)
parent (Widget
)
buttons (Object
)
options (Object
)
dataTemplate (Object
)
dataCalendar (Object
)
Quick creation view.
Triggers a single event “added” with a single parameter “name”, which is the name entered by the user
class QuickCreate(parent, buttons, options, dataTemplate, dataCalendar)
parent (Widget
)
buttons (Object
)
options (Object
)
dataTemplate (Object
)
dataCalendar (Object
)
Quick creation view.
Triggers a single event “added” with a single parameter “name”, which is the name entered by the user
module web.Dialog
class Dialog(parent[, options])
parent (Widget
)
options (DialogOptions
)
A useful class to handle dialogs. Attributes:
$footer
- A jQuery element targeting a dom part where buttons can be added. It always exists during the lifecycle of the dialog.
method willStart()
Wait for XML dependencies and instantiate the modal structure (except modal-body).
method destroy([options])
Close and destroy the dialog.
- options (
DestroyOptions
)class DestroyOptions()
attribute infos Object
- if provided and
silent
is unset, the on_close
handler will pass this information related to closing this information.
attribute silent boolean
- if set, do not call the
on_close
handler.
function rebindButtonBehavior()
adds the keydown behavior to the dialogs after external files modifies its DOM.
function safeConfirm(owner, message[, options]) → Dialog
Static method to open double confirmation dialog.
owner (Widget
)
message (string
)
options (SafeConfirmOptions
) – @see Dialog.init @see Dialog.confirm
class SafeConfirmOptions()
@see Dialog.init @see Dialog.confirm
attribute securityLevel string
bootstrap color
attribute securityMessage string
am sure about this”]
class DialogOptions()
attribute title string
attribute subtitle string
attribute size string
‘large’, ‘medium’ or ‘small’
attribute fullscreen boolean
- whether or not the dialog
- should be open in fullscreen mode (the main usecase is mobile)
attribute dialogClass string
class to add to the modal-body
attribute $content jQuery
- Element which will be the $el, replace the .modal-body and get the
- modal-body class
attribute buttons Object[]
- List of button descriptions. Note: if no buttons, a “ok” primary
- button is added to allow closing the dialog
attribute buttons[].text string
attribute buttons[].classes string
- Default to ‘btn-primary’ if only one button, ‘btn-secondary’
- otherwise
attribute buttons[].close boolean
attribute buttons[].click function
attribute buttons[].disabled boolean
attribute technical boolean
- If set to false, the modal will have the standard frontend style
- (use this for non-editor frontend features)
class Dialog(parent[, options])
parent (Widget
)
options (DialogOptions
)
A useful class to handle dialogs. Attributes:
$footer
- A jQuery element targeting a dom part where buttons can be added. It always exists during the lifecycle of the dialog.
method willStart()
Wait for XML dependencies and instantiate the modal structure (except modal-body).
method destroy([options])
Close and destroy the dialog.
- options (
DestroyOptions
)class DestroyOptions()
attribute infos Object
- if provided and
silent
is unset, the on_close
handler will pass this information related to closing this information.
attribute silent boolean
- if set, do not call the
on_close
handler.
function rebindButtonBehavior()
adds the keydown behavior to the dialogs after external files modifies its DOM.
function safeConfirm(owner, message[, options]) → Dialog
Static method to open double confirmation dialog.
owner (Widget
)
message (string
)
options (SafeConfirmOptions
) – @see Dialog.init @see Dialog.confirm
class SafeConfirmOptions()
@see Dialog.init @see Dialog.confirm
attribute securityLevel string
bootstrap color
attribute securityMessage string
am sure about this”]
class DialogOptions()
attribute title string
attribute subtitle string
attribute size string
‘large’, ‘medium’ or ‘small’
attribute fullscreen boolean
- whether or not the dialog
- should be open in fullscreen mode (the main usecase is mobile)
attribute dialogClass string
class to add to the modal-body
attribute $content jQuery
- Element which will be the $el, replace the .modal-body and get the
- modal-body class
attribute buttons Object[]
- List of button descriptions. Note: if no buttons, a “ok” primary
- button is added to allow closing the dialog
attribute buttons[].text string
attribute buttons[].classes string
- Default to ‘btn-primary’ if only one button, ‘btn-secondary’
- otherwise
attribute buttons[].close boolean
attribute buttons[].click function
attribute buttons[].disabled boolean
attribute technical boolean
- If set to false, the modal will have the standard frontend style
- (use this for non-editor frontend features)
module web.session
object session instance of Session
module website_slides.slides
namespace
module base.settings
namespace
module auth_password_policy
namespace
function computeScore(password, requirements, recommendations)
Computes the password’s score, should be roughly continuous, under 0.5 if the requirements don’t pass and at 1 if the recommendations are exceeded
password
requirements
recommendations
module web_tour.RunningTourActionHelper
class RunningTourActionHelper(tip_widget)
- tip_widget
module web.GraphRenderer
class (parent, state, params)
function on_attach_callback()
The graph view uses the nv(d3) lib to render the graph. This lib requires that the rendering is done directly into the DOM (so that it can correctly compute positions). However, the views are always rendered in fragments, and appended to the DOM once ready (to prevent them from flickering). We here use the on_attach_callback hook, called when the widget is attached to the DOM, to perform the rendering. This ensures that the rendering is always done in the DOM.
class Params()
attribute stacked boolean
module web.TimeRangeMenu
class TimeRangeMenu(parent, fields, configuration)
method facetFor() → Object
Generates a Facet()
descriptor from a
filter descriptor
Object
module mail.ActivityView
class ActivityView(viewInfo, params)
viewInfo (ActivityViewViewInfo
)
params (ActivityViewParams
)
class ActivityViewViewInfo()
attribute arch Object
attribute fields Object
attribute fieldsInfo Object
class ActivityViewParams()
attribute modelName string
The actual model name
attribute context Object
attribute count number
attribute controllerID string
attribute domain string[]
attribute timeRange string[][]
attribute comparisonTimeRange string[][]
attribute timeRangeDescription string
attribute comparisonTimeRangeDescription string
attribute compare boolean
attribute groupBy string[]
attribute currentId number
attribute isEmbedded boolean
attribute ids number[]
attribute withControlPanel boolean
attribute action.flags.headless boolean
attribute action.display_name string
attribute action.name string
attribute action.help string
attribute action.jsID string
attribute action.views boolean
module point_of_sale.screens
namespace
module web.translation
function _t(source) → String
Eager translation function, performs translation immediately at call
site. Beware using this outside of method bodies (before the
translation database is loaded), you probably want _lt()
instead.
- source (
String
) – string to translateString
function _lt(s) → Object
Lazy translation function, only performs the translation when actually printed (e.g. inserted into a template)
Useful when defining translatable strings in code evaluated before the translation database is loaded, as class attributes or at the top-level of an OpenERP Web module
- s (
String
) – string to translateObject
namespace
function _t(source) → String
Eager translation function, performs translation immediately at call
site. Beware using this outside of method bodies (before the
translation database is loaded), you probably want _lt()
instead.
- source (
String
) – string to translateString
function _lt(s) → Object
Lazy translation function, only performs the translation when actually printed (e.g. inserted into a template)
Useful when defining translatable strings in code evaluated before the translation database is loaded, as class attributes or at the top-level of an OpenERP Web module
- s (
String
) – string to translateObject
module website.theme
class ThemeCustomizeDialog(parent, options)
parent
options
module web.KanbanModel
class KanbanModel()
method addRecordToGroup(groupID, resId) → Deferred<string>
Adds a record to a group in the localData, and fetch the record.
groupID (string
) – localID of the group
resId (integer
) – id of the record
Deferred
<string
>method createGroup(name, parentID) → Deferred<string>
Creates a new group from a name (performs a name_create).
name (string
)
parentID (string
) – localID of the parent of the group
Deferred
<string
>method createRecordInGroup(groupID, values) → Deferred
Creates a new record from the given value, and add it to the given group.
groupID (string
)
values (Object
)
method get() → Object
Add the following (kanban specific) keys when performing a get
:
- tooltipData
- progressBarValues
- isGroupedByM2ONoColumn
Object
method getColumn(id) → Object
Same as @see get but getting the parent element whose ID is given.
- id (
string
)Object
method loadColumnRecords(groupID) → Deferred
Opens a given group and loads its <limit> first records
- groupID (
string
)method loadMore(groupID) → Deferred<string>
Load more records in a group.
- groupID (
string
) – localID of the groupDeferred
<string
>method moveRecord(recordID, groupID, parentID) → Deferred<string[]>
Moves a record from a group to another.
recordID (string
) – localID of the record
groupID (string
) – localID of the new group of the record
parentID (string
) – localID of the parent
module web_editor.backend
namespace
class FieldTextHtmlSimple()
- TranslatableFieldMixin
FieldTextHtmlSimple Widget Intended to display HTML content. This widget uses the summernote editor improved by odoo.
method commitChanges()
Summernote doesn’t notify for changes done in code mode. We override commitChanges to manually switch back to normal mode before committing changes, so that the widget is aware of the changes done in code mode.
method reset(record, event)
Do not re-render this field if it was the origin of the onchange call.
record
event
class FieldTextHtmlSimple()
- TranslatableFieldMixin
FieldTextHtmlSimple Widget Intended to display HTML content. This widget uses the summernote editor improved by odoo.
method commitChanges()
Summernote doesn’t notify for changes done in code mode. We override commitChanges to manually switch back to normal mode before committing changes, so that the widget is aware of the changes done in code mode.
method reset(record, event)
Do not re-render this field if it was the origin of the onchange call.
record
event
module mail.Manager
class MailManager(parent)
- parent
method addMessage(data)
For new posted message of current user in a document thread: store it in the localStorage to make it appear on the other tabs.
Note: ‘addMessage’ modifies the message in place (by setting the channel_id, so we must store the message in the localStorage before calling ‘addMessage’)
- data (
AddMessageData
)class AddMessageData()
attribute author_id Array
- [int, string] where int is server ID of
- the author, and string is the name of the author.
attribute id integer
server ID of the message
attribute model string
- the model name of the document that this
- message is related to.
attribute res_id integer
- the ID of the document that this message
- is related to.
function createChannel(name, type) → $.Promise<integer>
Creates a channel, can be either a true channel or a DM chat based on
type
name (integer
or string
) – id of partner (in case of dm) or name
type (string
) – [‘dm_chat’, ‘public’, ‘private’]
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function getCannedResponses() → Array
Returns the list of canned responses A canned response is a pre-formatted text that is triggered with some keystrokes, such as with ‘:’.
Array
function getChannel(threadID) → mail.model.Channel|undefined
Returns a channel corresponding to the given id.
- threadID (
integer
)mail.model.Channel
or undefinedfunction getChannels() → mail.model.Channel[]
Returns a list of channels
Array
<mail.model.Channel
>function getChannelPreviews() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Overrides to filter out the Support channel from the previews.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getDiscussMenuID() → integer
Returns the record id of ir.ui.menu for Discuss
integer
function getDMChatFromPartnerID(partnerID) → Object|undefined
Gets direct message channel
- partnerID (
integer
)Object
or undefinedfunction getMailFailures() → mail.model.MailFailure[]
Returns a list of mail failures
Array
<mail.model.MailFailure
>function getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → Array<Object[]>
Get partners as mentions from a chatter Typically all employees as partner suggestions.
Array
<Array
<Object
>>function getMessage(messageID) → mail.model.Message|undefined
Gets message from its ID
- messageID (
integer
)mail.model.Message
or undefinedfunction getSystrayPreviews([filter]) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Returns the previews to display in the systray’s messaging menu.
- filter=undefined (
string
) – specify ‘chat’ or ‘channels’ to only
get previews for that type of threadsjQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getModeratedChannelIDs() → integer[]
Get the list of channel IDs where the current user is a moderator
Array
<integer
>function getOdoobotID() → string
Get the OdooBot ID, which is the default authorID for transient messages
string
function getThread(threadID) → mail.model.Thread|undefined
Returns thread matching provided ID, if any
- threadID (
string
or integer
)mail.model.Thread
or undefinedfunction getThreads() → mail.model.Thread[]
Returns a list of threads
Array
<mail.model.Thread
>function isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is a moderator or not
boolean
function isReady() → $.Promise
States whether the mail manager is ready or not This is the case when it has fetched the initial state from the server, by means of the route ‘mail/init_messaging’
jQuery.Promise
function joinChannel(channelID[, options]) → $.Promise<integer>
Join an existing channel See @createChannel to join a new channel
channelID (integer
)
options (Object
) – options to be passed on channel add
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function markMessagesAsRead(messageIDs) → $.Promise
Mark messages as read
- messageIDs (
Array
) – list of messages IDsjQuery.Promise
function openThread(threadID)
Open the thread window if discuss is not opened
- threadID (
integer
or string
)function redirect(resModel, resID[, dmRedirectionCallback])
Special redirection handling for given model and id
If the model is res.partner, and there is a user associated with this partner which isn’t the current user, open the DM chat with this user. Otherwhise, open the record’s form view (if not current user’s).
resModel (string
) – model to open
resID (integer
) – record to open
dmRedirectionCallback (function
) – only used if ‘res.partner’,
a function that has a threadID as input
function removeMessageFromThreads(message)
Remove the message from all of its threads
- message (
mail.model.Message
)function searchPartner(searchVal, limit) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Search among prefetched partners, using the string ‘searchVal’
searchVal (string
)
limit (integer
) – max number of found partners in the response
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function unstarAll() → $.Promise
Unstars all messages from all channels
jQuery.Promise
function getDocumentThread(model, resID) → integer
Returns a document thread corresponding to the given model and resID.
model (string
) – of the document thread, if it exists
resID
integer
function getOrAddDocumentThread(params) → mail.model.DocumentThread
Add a new document thread, or get if it exists already.
Also, if a name is provided for the document thread, it overwrites the previous one.
- params (
GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams
)class GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams()
attribute message_ids interger[]
- the list of message ids linked
- to the document (if not given, they will be fetched before fetching the messages)
attribute name string
- if provided, overwrites the name of the
- existing document thread
attribute resID integer
attribute resModel string
function updateDocumentThreadState(threadID, state)
Updates the state of a given document thread (stored in localStorage). Garbage collects windows previously marked as ‘closed’ (assuming that the info has already been processed by the other tabs).
threadID (string
) – ID of a document thread
state (UpdateDocumentThreadStateState
)
class UpdateDocumentThreadStateState()
attribute name string
name of the document thread
attribute windowState string
(‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)
function initSupport()
Initialises the Support: checks if there is a pending chat session between the user and Support, and if so, re-opens it. Note: we can’t directly override init(), because it is already called when the include is applied, so we use this hook instead (called at webclient startup)
function startPollingSupport([pollingDelay])
Initiates a longpoll with the server hosting the Support channel.
- pollingDelay=POLL_TIMEOUT_DELAY (
integer
) – the longpolling
timeout delay to setfunction startSupportLivechat([channelState]) → Deferred
Opens the Support channel between a livechat operator from the Support database and the current user (if there is an available operator). Ensures to perform only once the request to create/retrieve the Support channel.
- channelState=’open’ (
string
) – state of the Support
channel (see CHANNEL_STATES for accepted values)function updateSupportChannelState(state)
Updates the state of the Support channel (stored in the localStorage).
- state (
string
) – (‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)function openBlankThreadWindow()
Open the blank thread window (i.e. the thread window without any thread linked to it). Make it if there is no blank thread window yet.
function openDMChatWindowFromBlankThreadWindow(partnerID)
Open a DM chat in a thread window. This is useful when selecting a DM chatin the blank thread window, so that it replaces it with the DM chat window.
- partnerID (
integer
)function openThreadWindow(threadID[, options])
Open a thread in a thread window
threadID (integer
) – a valid thread ID
options (OpenThreadWindowOptions
)
class OpenThreadWindowOptions()
attribute passively boolean
- if set to true, open the thread
- window without focusing the input and marking messages as read if it is not open yet, and do nothing otherwise.
attribute keepFoldState boolean
- if set to true, keep the
- fold state of the thread
function updateThreadWindow(threadID, options)
Called when a thread has its window state that has been changed, so its thread window view should be changed to match the model.
threadID (integer
or string
)
options (UpdateThreadWindowOptions
) – option to be applied on opening thread window, if
the thread is detached
class UpdateThreadWindowOptions()
- option to be applied on opening thread window, if
- the thread is detached
attribute passively boolean
- if set, the window will behave
- passively.
module web.ListController
class ListController()
- includeDict
method getActiveDomain() → Deferred<array[]>
Calculate the active domain of the list view. This should be done only if the header checkbox has been checked. This is done by evaluating the search results, and then adding the dataset domain (i.e. action domain).
method getSelectedIds() → number[]
Returns the list of currently selected res_ids (with the check boxes on the left)
Array
<number
>method getSelectedRecords() → Object[]
Returns the list of currently selected records (with the check boxes on the left)
Array
<Object
>attribute buttons_template String
This key contains the name of the buttons template to render on top of the form view. It can be overridden to add buttons in specific child views.
method renderButtons()
Extends the renderButtons function of ListView by adding an event listener on the import button.
method renderSidebar($node)
Render the sidebar (the ‘action’ menu in the control panel, right of the main buttons)
- $node (
jQuery
)method update(params, options)
Overrides to update the list of selected records
params
options
module web.Domain
class Domain(domain[, evalContext])
domain (string
or Array
or boolean
or undefined) – The given domain can be:
* a string representation of the Python prefix-array
representation of the domain.
* a JS prefix-array representation of the domain.
* a boolean where the “true” domain match all records and the
“false” domain does not match any records.
* undefined, considered as the false boolean.
* a number, considered as true except 0 considered as false.
evalContext (Object
) – in case the given domain is a string, an
evaluation context might be needed
The Domain Class allows to work with a domain as a tree and provides tools to manipulate array and string representations of domains.
method compute(values) → boolean
Evaluates the domain with a set of values.
- values (
Object
) – a mapping {fieldName -> fieldValue} (note: all
the fields used in the domain should be given a
value otherwise the computation will break)boolean
method toArray() → Array
Return the JS prefix-array representation of this domain. Note that all domains that use the “false” domain cannot be represented as such.
Array
method arrayToString(domain) → string
Converts JS prefix-array representation of a domain to a string representation of the Python prefix-array representation of this domain.
- domain (
Array
or string
)string
method stringToArray(domain[, evalContext]) → Array
Converts a string representation of the Python prefix-array representation of a domain to a JS prefix-array representation of this domain.
domain (string
or Array
)
evalContext (Object
)
Array
method normalizeArray(domain) → Array
Makes implicit “&” operators explicit in the given JS prefix-array representation of domain (e.g [A, B] -> [“&”, A, B])
- domain (
Array
) – the JS prefix-array representation of the domain
to normalize (! will be normalized in-place)Array
method domainToCondition(domain) → string
Converts JS prefix-array representation of a domain to a python condition
- domain (
Array
)string
method conditionToDomain(condition) → Array
Converts python condition to a JS prefix-array representation of a domain
- condition (
string
)Array
class Domain(domain[, evalContext])
domain (string
or Array
or boolean
or undefined) – The given domain can be:
* a string representation of the Python prefix-array
representation of the domain.
* a JS prefix-array representation of the domain.
* a boolean where the “true” domain match all records and the
“false” domain does not match any records.
* undefined, considered as the false boolean.
* a number, considered as true except 0 considered as false.
evalContext (Object
) – in case the given domain is a string, an
evaluation context might be needed
The Domain Class allows to work with a domain as a tree and provides tools to manipulate array and string representations of domains.
method compute(values) → boolean
Evaluates the domain with a set of values.
- values (
Object
) – a mapping {fieldName -> fieldValue} (note: all
the fields used in the domain should be given a
value otherwise the computation will break)boolean
method toArray() → Array
Return the JS prefix-array representation of this domain. Note that all domains that use the “false” domain cannot be represented as such.
Array
method arrayToString(domain) → string
Converts JS prefix-array representation of a domain to a string representation of the Python prefix-array representation of this domain.
- domain (
Array
or string
)string
method stringToArray(domain[, evalContext]) → Array
Converts a string representation of the Python prefix-array representation of a domain to a JS prefix-array representation of this domain.
domain (string
or Array
)
evalContext (Object
)
Array
method normalizeArray(domain) → Array
Makes implicit “&” operators explicit in the given JS prefix-array representation of domain (e.g [A, B] -> [“&”, A, B])
- domain (
Array
) – the JS prefix-array representation of the domain
to normalize (! will be normalized in-place)Array
method domainToCondition(domain) → string
Converts JS prefix-array representation of a domain to a python condition
- domain (
Array
)string
method conditionToDomain(condition) → Array
Converts python condition to a JS prefix-array representation of a domain
- condition (
string
)Array
module web.KanbanRecord
class KanbanRecord(parent, state, options)
parent
state
options
method on_attach_callback()
Called each time the record is attached to the DOM.
method on_detach_callback()
Called each time the record is detached from the DOM.
method update(state) → Deferred
Re-renders the record with a new state
- state (
Object
)module web.sessionStorage
object storage instance of RamStorage
module web_editor.BodyManager
class BodyManager()
Element which is designed to be unique and that will be the top-most element in the widget hierarchy. So, all other widgets will be indirectly linked to this Class instance. Its main role will be to retrieve RPC demands from its children and handle them.
class BodyManager()
Element which is designed to be unique and that will be the top-most element in the widget hierarchy. So, all other widgets will be indirectly linked to this Class instance. Its main role will be to retrieve RPC demands from its children and handle them.
module website_sale.utils
namespace
module web_editor.rte
namespace
module web.dom
namespace
function append([$target, ][content, ]options)
Appends content in a jQuery object and optionnally triggers an event
$target (jQuery
) – the node where content will be appended
content (htmlString
or Element
or Array
or jQuery
) – DOM element,
array of elements, HTML string or jQuery object to append to $target
options (AppendOptions
)
class AppendOptions()
attribute in_DOM Boolean
true if $target is in the DOM
attribute callbacks Array
- array of objects describing the
- callbacks to perform (see _notify for a complete description)
function autoresize($textarea, options)
Autoresize a $textarea node, by recomputing its height when necessary
$textarea
options (AutoresizeOptions
)
class AutoresizeOptions()
attribute min_height number
by default, 50.
attribute parent Widget
- if set, autoresize will listen to some
- extra events to decide when to resize itself. This is useful for widgets that are not in the dom when the autoresize is declared.
function cssFind($from, selector) → jQuery
jQuery find function behavior is:
$('A').find('A B') <=> $('A A B')
The searches behavior to find options’ DOM needs to be:
$('A').find('A B') <=> $('A B')
This is what this function does.
$from (jQuery
) – the jQuery element(s) from which to search
selector (string
) – the CSS selector to match
jQuery
function detach([to_detach, ]options) → jQuery
Detaches widgets from the DOM and performs their on_detach_callback()
to_detach (Array
) – array of {widget: w, callback_args: args} such
that w.$el will be detached and w.on_detach_callback(args) will be
called
options (DetachOptions
)
jQuery
class DetachOptions()
attribute $to_detach jQuery
- if given, detached instead of
- widgets’ $el
function getSelectionRange(node) → Object
Returns the selection range of an input or textarea
- node (
Object
) – DOM item input or textearaObject
function getPosition(e) → Object
Returns the distance between a DOM element and the top-left corner of the window
- e (
Object
) – DOM element (input or texteara)Object
function prepend([$target, ][content, ]options)
Prepends content in a jQuery object and optionnally triggers an event
$target (jQuery
) – the node where content will be prepended
content (htmlString
or Element
or Array
or jQuery
) – DOM element,
array of elements, HTML string or jQuery object to prepend to $target
options (PrependOptions
)
class PrependOptions()
attribute in_DOM Boolean
true if $target is in the DOM
attribute callbacks Array
- array of objects describing the
- callbacks to perform (see _notify for a complete description)
function renderButton(options) → jQuery
Renders a button with standard odoo template. This does not use any xml template to avoid forcing the frontend part to lazy load a xml file for each widget which might want to create a simple button.
- options (
RenderButtonOptions
)jQuery
class RenderButtonOptions()
attribute attrs Object
Attributes to put on the button element
attribute attrs.type string
attribute attrs.class string
- Note: automatically completed with “btn btn-X”
- (@see options.size for the value of X)
attribute size string
@see options.attrs.class
attribute icon string
- The specific fa icon class (for example “fa-home”) or an URL for
- an image to use as icon.
attribute text string
the button’s text
function renderCheckbox([options]) → jQuery
Renders a checkbox with standard odoo/BS template. This does not use any xml template to avoid forcing the frontend part to lazy load a xml file for each widget which might want to create a simple checkbox.
- options (
RenderCheckboxOptions
)jQuery
class RenderCheckboxOptions()
attribute prop Object
Allows to set the input properties (disabled and checked states).
attribute text string
- The checkbox’s associated text. If none is given then a simple
- checkbox is rendered.
function setSelectionRange(node, range)
Sets the selection range of a given input or textarea
node (Object
) – DOM element (input or textarea)
range (SetSelectionRangeRange
)
class SetSelectionRangeRange()
attribute start integer
attribute end integer
function initAutoMoreMenu($el[, options])
Creates an automatic ‘more’ dropdown-menu for a set of navbar items.
$el (jQuery
)
options (InitAutoMoreMenuOptions
)
class InitAutoMoreMenuOptions()
attribute unfoldable string
attribute maxWidth function
attribute sizeClass string
function destroyAutoMoreMenu($el)
Cleans what has been done by initAutoMoreMenu
.
- $el (
jQuery
)function _notify([content, ]callbacks)
Private function to notify that something has been attached in the DOM
content (htmlString
or Element
or Array
or jQuery
) – the content that
has been attached in the DOM
callbacks
module website.utils
namespace
function autocompleteWithPages(self, $input)
Allows the given input to propose existing website URLs.
self (ServicesMixin
or Widget
) – an element capable to trigger an RPC
$input (jQuery
)
function autocompleteWithPages(self, $input)
Allows the given input to propose existing website URLs.
self (ServicesMixin
or Widget
) – an element capable to trigger an RPC
$input (jQuery
)
module web.AppsMenu
class AppsMenu(parent, menuData)
parent (web.Widget
)
menuData (AppsMenuMenuData
)
method openFirstApp()
Open the first app in the list of apps
class AppsMenuMenuData()
attribute children Object[]
module web.DomainSelectorDialog
class DomainSelectorDialog(parent, model, domain, options)
parent
model
domain
options
module web.FormRenderer
class FormRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent
state
params
method autofocus() → int | undefined
Focuses the field having attribute ‘default_focus’ set, if any, or the first focusable field otherwise. In read mode, delegate which button to give the focus to, to the form_renderer
int
or undefinedmethod canBeSaved(recordID) → string[]
Extend the method so that labels also receive the ‘o_field_invalid’ class if necessary.
- recordID (
string
)Array
<string
>method displayTranslationAlert(alertFields)
Show a warning message if the user modified a translated field. For each field, the notification provides a link to edit the field’s translations.
- alertFields (
Array
<Object
>) – field listmethod confirmChange(state, id, fields)
Updates the chatter area with the new state if its fields has changed
state
id
fields
method disableButtons()
Disable statusbar buttons and stat buttons so that they can’t be clicked anymore
method enableButtons()
Enable statusbar buttons and stat buttons so they can be clicked again
method focusLastActivatedWidget()
Put the focus on the last activated widget. This function is used when closing a dialog to give the focus back to the form that has opened it and ensures that the focus is in the correct field.
method getLocalState() → Object
returns the active tab pages for each notebook
Object
method resetLastActivatedField()
Reset the tracking of the last activated field. The fast entry with keyboard navigation needs to track the last activated field in order to set the focus.
In particular, when there are changes of mode (e.g. edit -> readonly -> edit), we do not want to auto-set the focus on the previously last activated field. To avoid this issue, this method should be called whenever there is a change of mode.
method setLocalState(state)
restore active tab pages for each notebook
- state (
Object
) – the result from a getLocalState callmodule web.FieldManagerMixin
namespace FieldManagerMixin
module website.backend.dashboard
class Dashboard(parent, context)
method fetch_data()
Fetches dashboard data
module web.ServicesMixin
mixin ServicesMixin
function do_action(action, options) → Deferred
Informs the action manager to do an action. This supposes that the action manager can be found amongst the ancestors of the current widget. If that’s not the case this method will simply return an unresolved deferred.
action (any
)
options (any
)
module web.ActionManager
class ActionManager(parent[, userContext])
parent
userContext={} (Object
)
method on_attach_callback()
Called each time the action manager is attached into the DOM.
method on_detach_callback()
Called each time the action manager is detached from the DOM.
method clearUncommittedChanges() → Deferred
This function is called when the current controller is about to be removed from the DOM, because a new one will be pushed, or an old one will be restored. It ensures that the current controller can be left (for instance, that it has no unsaved changes).
method doAction(action[, options]) → $.Deferred<Object>
This is the entry point to execute Odoo actions, given as an ID in database, an xml ID, a client action tag or an action descriptor.
action (number
or string
or Object
) – the action to execute
options (DoActionOptions
)
jQuery.Deferred
<Object
>class DoActionOptions()
attribute additional_context Object
- additional context to be
- merged with the action’s context.
attribute clear_breadcrumbs boolean
- set to true to clear
- the breadcrumbs history list
attribute on_close Function
- callback to be executed when the
- current action is active again (typically, if the new action is executed in target=”new”, on_close will be executed when the dialog is closed, if the current controller is still active)
attribute on_reverse_breadcrumb Function
- callback to be executed
- whenever an anterior breadcrumb item is clicked on
attribute pushState boolean
- set to false to prevent the
- ActionManager from pushing the state when the action is executed (this is useful when we come from a loadState())
attribute replace_last_action boolean
- set to true to
- replace last part of the breadcrumbs with the action
function do_push_state(state)
Compatibility with client actions that are still using do_push_state.
- state (
Object
)function getCurrentAction() → Object|null
Returns the action of the last controller in the controllerStack, i.e. the action of the currently displayed controller in the main window (not in a dialog), and null if there is no controller in the stack.
Object
or nullfunction getCurrentController() → Object|null
Returns the last controller in the controllerStack, i.e. the currently displayed controller in the main window (not in a dialog), and null if there is no controller in the stack.
Object
or nullfunction loadState(state)
Overrides to handle the case where an ‘ir.actions.act_window’ has to be loaded.
- state (
LoadStateState
)class LoadStateState()
attribute action integer|string
- the ID or xml ID of the action to
- execute
attribute active_id integer
attribute active_ids string
attribute id integer
attribute view_id integer
attribute view_type string
function getCurrentActionInDialog() → Object|null
Returns the action of the controller currently opened in a dialog, i.e. a target=’new’ action, if any.
Object
or nullfunction getCurrentControllerInDialog() → Object|null
Returns the controller currently opened in a dialog, if any.
Object
or nullmodule mail.systray.ActivityMenu
class ActivityMenu(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.Menu item appended in the systray part of the navbar, redirects to the next activities of all app
class ActivityMenu(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.Menu item appended in the systray part of the navbar, redirects to the next activities of all app
module web.Apps
class Apps(parent, action)
parent
action
module web_editor.rte.summernote_custom_colors
unknown ArrayExpression
module payment.payment_form
class PaymentForm(parent, options)
parent
options
module web.AbstractModel
class AbstractModel(parent)
method get() → *
This method should return the complete state necessary for the renderer to display the currently viewed data.
any
method load(params) → Deferred
The load method is called once in a model, when we load the data for the first time. The method returns (a deferred that resolves to) some kind of token/handle. The handle can then be used with the get method to access a representation of the data.
class LoadParams()
attribute modelName string
the name of the model
function reload(params) → Deferred
When something changes, the data may need to be refetched. This is the job for this method: reloading (only if necessary) all the data and making sure that they are ready to be redisplayed.
- params (
Object
)module mail.widget.Thread
class ThreadWidget(parent, options)
parent (widget
)
options (Object
)
This is a generic widget to render a thread. Any thread that extends mail.model.AbstractThread can be used with this widget.
method destroy()
The message mail popover may still be shown at this moment. If we do not remove it, it stays visible on the page until a page reload.
method isAtBottom() → boolean
State whether the bottom of the thread is visible or not, with a tolerance of 5 pixels
boolean
method removeMessageAndRender([messageID, ]thread[, options])
Removes a message and re-renders the thread
messageID (integer
) – the id of the removed message
thread (mail.model.AbstractThread
) – the thread which contains
updated list of messages (so it does not contain any message with ID
`messageID`).
options (Object
) – options for the thread rendering
method renderTypingNotificationBar(thread)
Render the ‘is typing…’ text on the typing notification bar of the thread. This is called when there is a change in the list of users typing something on this thread.
- thread (
mail.model.AbstractThread
) – with ThreadTypingMixinmethod scrollToBottom()
Scroll to the bottom of the thread
method scrollToMessage(options)
Scrolls the thread to a given message
- options (
ScrollToMessageOptions
)class ScrollToMessageOptions()
attribute messageID integer
the ID of the message to scroll to
attribute duration integer
attribute onlyIfNecessary boolean
function scrollToPosition([position])
Scroll to the specific position in pixel
If no position is provided, scroll to the bottom of the thread
- position (
integer
) – distance from top to position in pixels.
If not provided, scroll to the bottom.function toggleModerationCheckboxes(checked)
Toggle all the moderation checkboxes in the thread
- checked (
boolean
) – if true, check the boxes,
otherwise uncheck them.function unselectMessage()
Unselect the selected message
class ThreadWidget(parent, options)
parent (widget
)
options (Object
)
This is a generic widget to render a thread. Any thread that extends mail.model.AbstractThread can be used with this widget.
method destroy()
The message mail popover may still be shown at this moment. If we do not remove it, it stays visible on the page until a page reload.
method isAtBottom() → boolean
State whether the bottom of the thread is visible or not, with a tolerance of 5 pixels
boolean
method removeMessageAndRender([messageID, ]thread[, options])
Removes a message and re-renders the thread
messageID (integer
) – the id of the removed message
thread (mail.model.AbstractThread
) – the thread which contains
updated list of messages (so it does not contain any message with ID
`messageID`).
options (Object
) – options for the thread rendering
method renderTypingNotificationBar(thread)
Render the ‘is typing…’ text on the typing notification bar of the thread. This is called when there is a change in the list of users typing something on this thread.
- thread (
mail.model.AbstractThread
) – with ThreadTypingMixinmethod scrollToBottom()
Scroll to the bottom of the thread
method scrollToMessage(options)
Scrolls the thread to a given message
- options (
ScrollToMessageOptions
)class ScrollToMessageOptions()
attribute messageID integer
the ID of the message to scroll to
attribute duration integer
attribute onlyIfNecessary boolean
function scrollToPosition([position])
Scroll to the specific position in pixel
If no position is provided, scroll to the bottom of the thread
- position (
integer
) – distance from top to position in pixels.
If not provided, scroll to the bottom.function toggleModerationCheckboxes(checked)
Toggle all the moderation checkboxes in the thread
- checked (
boolean
) – if true, check the boxes,
otherwise uncheck them.function unselectMessage()
Unselect the selected message
module web_editor.widget
class Dialog(parent, options)
parent
options
Extend Dialog class to handle save/cancel of edition components.
method save()
Called when the dialog is saved. Set the destroy action type to “save” and should set the final_data variable correctly before closing.
class CropImageDialog(parent, options, $editable, media)
parent
options
$editable
media
CropImageDialog widget. Let users crop an image.
method save()
Updates the DOM image with cropped data and associates required information for a potential future save (where required cropped data attachments will be created).
class LinkDialog(parent, options, editable, linkInfo)
parent
options
editable
linkInfo
Allows to customize link content and style.
method start()
Allows the URL input to propose existing website pages.
class IconWidget(parent, media)
parent
media
Let users choose a font awesome icon, support all font awesome loaded in the css files.
namespace
class Dialog(parent, options)
parent
options
Extend Dialog class to handle save/cancel of edition components.
method save()
Called when the dialog is saved. Set the destroy action type to “save” and should set the final_data variable correctly before closing.
class AltDialog(parent, options, $editable, media)
parent
options
$editable
media
Let users change the alt & title of a media.
class MediaDialog(parent, options, $editable, media)
parent
options
$editable
media
MediaDialog widget. Lets users change a media, including uploading a new image, font awsome or video and can change a media into an other media.
class LinkDialog(parent, options, editable, linkInfo)
parent
options
editable
linkInfo
Allows to customize link content and style.
method start()
Allows the URL input to propose existing website pages.
class CropImageDialog(parent, options, $editable, media)
parent
options
$editable
media
CropImageDialog widget. Let users crop an image.
method save()
Updates the DOM image with cropped data and associates required information for a potential future save (where required cropped data attachments will be created).
class ImageWidget()
Let users choose an image, including uploading a new image in odoo.
class MediaDialog(parent, options, $editable, media)
parent
options
$editable
media
MediaDialog widget. Lets users change a media, including uploading a new image, font awsome or video and can change a media into an other media.
class VideoWidget(parent, media)
parent
media
Let users choose a video, support all summernote video, and embed iframe.
class AltDialog(parent, options, $editable, media)
parent
options
$editable
media
Let users change the alt & title of a media.
class ImageWidget()
Let users choose an image, including uploading a new image in odoo.
module web.AbstractView
class AbstractView(viewInfo, params)
viewInfo (AbstractViewViewInfo
)
params (AbstractViewParams
)
method getController(parent) → Deferred
Main method of the view class. Create a controller, and make sure that data and libraries are loaded.
There is a unusual thing going in this method with parents: we create renderer/model with parent as parent, then we have to reassign them at the end to make sure that we have the proper relationships. This is necessary to solve the problem that the controller need the model and the renderer to be instantiated, but the model need a parent to be able to load itself, and the renderer needs the data in its constructor.
method getModel(parent) → Object
Returns the view model or create an instance of it if none
- parent (
Widget
) – the parent of the model, if it has to be createdObject
method getRenderer(parent, state) → Object
Returns the a new view renderer instance
parent (Widget
) – the parent of the model, if it has to be created
state (Object
) – the information related to the rendered view
Object
method setController(Controller)
this is useful to customize the actual class to use before calling createView.
- Controller (
Controller
)class AbstractViewViewInfo()
attribute arch Object
attribute fields Object
attribute fieldsInfo Object
class AbstractViewParams()
attribute modelName string
The actual model name
attribute context Object
attribute count number
attribute controllerID string
attribute domain string[]
attribute timeRange string[][]
attribute comparisonTimeRange string[][]
attribute timeRangeDescription string
attribute comparisonTimeRangeDescription string
attribute compare boolean
attribute groupBy string[]
attribute currentId number
attribute isEmbedded boolean
attribute ids number[]
attribute withControlPanel boolean
attribute action.flags.headless boolean
attribute action.display_name string
attribute action.name string
attribute action.help string
attribute action.jsID string
attribute action.views boolean
module web.PieChart
class PieChart(parent, record, node)
method willStart()
Instantiates the pie chart view and starts the graph controller.
method on_attach_callback()
Call on_attach_callback
for each subview
module web.core
namespace
class Class()
Improved John Resig’s inheritance, based on:
Simple JavaScript Inheritance By John Resig http://ejohn.org/ MIT Licensed.
Adds “include()”
Defines The Class object. That object can be used to define and inherit classes using the extend() method.
Example:
var Person = Class.extend({
init: function(isDancing){
this.dancing = isDancing;
},
dance: function(){
return this.dancing;
}
});
The init() method act as a constructor. This class can be instanced this way:
var person = new Person(true);
person.dance();
The Person class can also be extended again:
var Ninja = Person.extend({
init: function(){
this._super( false );
},
dance: function(){
// Call the inherited version of dance()
return this._super();
},
swingSword: function(){
return true;
}
});
When extending a class, each re-defined method can use this._super() to call the previous implementation of that method.
method extend(prop)
Subclass an existing class
- prop (
Object
) – class-level properties (class attributes and instance methods) to set on the new classattribute bus Boolean
Whether the client is currently in “debug” mode
function _t(source) → String
Eager translation function, performs translation immediately at call
site. Beware using this outside of method bodies (before the
translation database is loaded), you probably want _lt()
instead.
- source (
String
) – string to translateString
function _lt(s) → Object
Lazy translation function, only performs the translation when actually printed (e.g. inserted into a template)
Useful when defining translatable strings in code evaluated before the translation database is loaded, as class attributes or at the top-level of an OpenERP Web module
- s (
String
) – string to translateObject
attribute bus Boolean
Whether the client is currently in “debug” mode
module survey.result
namespace
module sale.ProductConfiguratorFormController
class ProductConfiguratorFormController()
module web_editor.base
namespace
namespace cacheCssSelectors
Retrieves all the CSS rules which match the given parser (Regex).
attribute fontIcons Array
List of font icons to load by editor. The icons are displayed in the media editor and identified like font and image (can be colored, spinned, resized with fa classes). To add font, push a new object {base, parser}
- base: class who appear on all fonts
- parser: regular expression used to select all font in css stylesheets
namespace computeFonts
Searches the fonts described by the @see fontIcons variable.
function ready() → Deferred
If a widget needs to be instantiated on page loading, it needs to wait for appropriate resources to be loaded. This function returns a Deferred which is resolved when the dom is ready, the session is bound (translations loaded) and the XML is loaded. This should however not be necessary anymore as widgets should not be parentless and should then be instantiated (directly or not) by the page main component (webclient, website root, editor bar, …). The DOM will be ready then, the main component is in charge of waiting for the session and the XML can be lazy loaded thanks to the @see Widget.xmlDependencies key.
module web.PivotModel
class PivotModel(params)
- params (
Object
)method closeHeader(headerID) → Deferred
Close a header. This method is actually synchronous, but returns a deferred.
- headerID (
any
)method expandHeader(header, field)
Expand (open up) a given header, be it a row or a column.
header (any
)
field (any
)
method exportData() → Object
Export the current pivot view in a simple JS object.
Object
method flip()
Swap the columns and the rows. It is a synchronous operation.
method sortRows(col_id, measure, descending)
Sort the rows, depending on the values of a given column. This is an in-memory sort.
col_id (any
)
measure (any
)
descending (any
)
method toggleMeasure(field) → Deferred
Toggle the active state for a given measure, then reload the data.
- field (
string
)module web.PivotView
class PivotView(viewInfo, params)
viewInfo
params (Object
)
module mail.model.DocumentThread
class DocumentThread(params)
- params (
DocumentThreadParams
)These threads represent threads that are directly attached to documents. It is sometimes called the “chatter”, but technically this is just the part of the chatter containing the thread, as the chatter also contains the activity and listener fields.
Note that there are still some hacks in the handling of document threads, due to document threads are instantiated from fetched messages, either from mail.ThreadField or by fetching messages in Inbox.
Also, because messages are not sent on the longpoll bus for this kind of threads, it stores the list of message IDs that it contains, which should be up-to-date whenever someone wants to get the messages in the document thread.
method close()
Overrides to store the thread’s state in the LocalStorage, so that it is shared between tabs, and restored on F5.
method detach()
Overrides to store the thread’s state in the LocalStorage, so that it is shared between tabs, and restored on F5.
method fetchMessages(options) → $.Promise<mail.model.Message[]>
Fetch messages of the document thread
- options (
FetchMessagesOptions
)class FetchMessagesOptions()
attribute forceFetch boolean
- if true, fetch anyway, as user
- clicked on ‘load more’.
function fold()
Overrides to store the thread’s state in the LocalStorage, so that it is shared between tabs, and restored on F5.
function getDocumentModel() → string
Get the model name of the document that is linked to this document thread
string
function getDocumentID() → integer
Get the ID of the document that is linked to this document thread
integer
function getMessageIDs() → integer[]
Get he list of message IDs that this document threads contain.
Array
<integer
>function isLinkedToDocument() → boolean
States whether the thread is linked to a document Document thread’s are always linked to a document.
boolean
function setMessageIDs(messageIDs)
Set list of message IDs of this document thread
Useful in order to handle message history of the document thread, in particular to fetch messages when necessary and/or display ‘load more’.
- messageIDs (
Array
<integer
>)function setName(newName)
Set the name of this document thread
This is useful if the name of the document related to the document thread has changed
- newName (
string
)class DocumentThreadParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.messagesIDs string
- the list of message ids linked
- to the document (if not given, they will be fetched before fetching the messages)
attribute data.model string
attribute data.resID integer
class DocumentThread(params)
- params (
DocumentThreadParams
)These threads represent threads that are directly attached to documents. It is sometimes called the “chatter”, but technically this is just the part of the chatter containing the thread, as the chatter also contains the activity and listener fields.
Note that there are still some hacks in the handling of document threads, due to document threads are instantiated from fetched messages, either from mail.ThreadField or by fetching messages in Inbox.
Also, because messages are not sent on the longpoll bus for this kind of threads, it stores the list of message IDs that it contains, which should be up-to-date whenever someone wants to get the messages in the document thread.
method close()
Overrides to store the thread’s state in the LocalStorage, so that it is shared between tabs, and restored on F5.
method detach()
Overrides to store the thread’s state in the LocalStorage, so that it is shared between tabs, and restored on F5.
method fetchMessages(options) → $.Promise<mail.model.Message[]>
Fetch messages of the document thread
- options (
FetchMessagesOptions
)class FetchMessagesOptions()
attribute forceFetch boolean
- if true, fetch anyway, as user
- clicked on ‘load more’.
function fold()
Overrides to store the thread’s state in the LocalStorage, so that it is shared between tabs, and restored on F5.
function getDocumentModel() → string
Get the model name of the document that is linked to this document thread
string
function getDocumentID() → integer
Get the ID of the document that is linked to this document thread
integer
function getMessageIDs() → integer[]
Get he list of message IDs that this document threads contain.
Array
<integer
>function isLinkedToDocument() → boolean
States whether the thread is linked to a document Document thread’s are always linked to a document.
boolean
function setMessageIDs(messageIDs)
Set list of message IDs of this document thread
Useful in order to handle message history of the document thread, in particular to fetch messages when necessary and/or display ‘load more’.
- messageIDs (
Array
<integer
>)function setName(newName)
Set the name of this document thread
This is useful if the name of the document related to the document thread has changed
- newName (
string
)class DocumentThreadParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.messagesIDs string
- the list of message ids linked
- to the document (if not given, they will be fetched before fetching the messages)
attribute data.model string
attribute data.resID integer
module mail.Activity
function setDelayLabel(activities) → Array
Set the ‘label_delay’ entry in activity data according to the deadline date
- activities (
Array
) – list of activity ObjectArray
function _readActivities(self, ids) → Deferred<Array>
Fetches activities and postprocesses them.
This standalone function performs an RPC, but to do so, it needs an instance of a widget that implements the _rpc() function.
class Activity()
module point_of_sale.models
namespace exports
module web.special_fields
namespace
class FieldTimezoneMismatch()
This widget is intended to display a warning near a label of a ‘timezone’ field indicating if the browser timezone is identical (or not) to the selected timezone. This widget depends on a field given with the param ‘tz_offset_field’, which contains the time difference between UTC time and local time, in minutes.
class FieldTimezoneMismatch()
This widget is intended to display a warning near a label of a ‘timezone’ field indicating if the browser timezone is identical (or not) to the selected timezone. This widget depends on a field given with the param ‘tz_offset_field’, which contains the time difference between UTC time and local time, in minutes.
module hr_attendance.kiosk_mode
class KioskMode(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.module web.ControlPanelMixin
namespace ControlPanelMixin
Mixin allowing widgets to communicate with the ControlPanel. Widgets needing a ControlPanel should use this mixin and call update_control_panel(cp_status) where cp_status contains information for the ControlPanel to update itself.
Note that the API is slightly awkward. Hopefully we will improve this when we get the time to refactor the control panel.
For example, here is what a typical client action would need to do to add support for a control panel with some buttons:
var ControlPanelMixin = require('web.ControlPanelMixin');
var SomeClientAction = Widget.extend(ControlPanelMixin, {
...
start: function () {
this._renderButtons();
this._updateControlPanel();
...
},
do_show: function () {
...
this._updateControlPanel();
},
_renderButtons: function () {
this.$buttons = $(QWeb.render('SomeTemplate.Buttons'));
this.$buttons.on('click', ...);
},
_updateControlPanel: function () {
this.update_control_panel({
cp_content: {
$buttons: this.$buttons,
},
});
function update_control_panel([cp_status][, options])
Triggers ‘update’ on the cp_bus to update the ControlPanel according to cp_status
cp_status (Object
) – see web.ControlPanel.update() for a description
options (Object
) – see web.ControlPanel.update() for a description
namespace ControlPanelMixin
Mixin allowing widgets to communicate with the ControlPanel. Widgets needing a ControlPanel should use this mixin and call update_control_panel(cp_status) where cp_status contains information for the ControlPanel to update itself.
Note that the API is slightly awkward. Hopefully we will improve this when we get the time to refactor the control panel.
For example, here is what a typical client action would need to do to add support for a control panel with some buttons:
var ControlPanelMixin = require('web.ControlPanelMixin');
var SomeClientAction = Widget.extend(ControlPanelMixin, {
...
start: function () {
this._renderButtons();
this._updateControlPanel();
...
},
do_show: function () {
...
this._updateControlPanel();
},
_renderButtons: function () {
this.$buttons = $(QWeb.render('SomeTemplate.Buttons'));
this.$buttons.on('click', ...);
},
_updateControlPanel: function () {
this.update_control_panel({
cp_content: {
$buttons: this.$buttons,
},
});
function update_control_panel([cp_status][, options])
Triggers ‘update’ on the cp_bus to update the ControlPanel according to cp_status
cp_status (Object
) – see web.ControlPanel.update() for a description
options (Object
) – see web.ControlPanel.update() for a description
module barcodes.BarcodeParser
class BarcodeParser(attributes)
- attributes
module web.time
function str_to_time(str) → Date
Converts a string to a Date javascript object using OpenERP’s time string format (exemple: ‘15:12:35’).
The OpenERP times are supposed to always be naive times. We assume it is represented using a javascript Date with a date 1 of January 1970 and a time corresponding to the meant time in the browser’s time zone.
- str (
String
) – A string representing a time.Date
function moment_to_strftime_format(value)
Convert moment.js format to python strftime
- value (
String
) – original formatfunction getLangTimeFormat()
Get time format of the user’s language
function time_to_str(obj) → String
Converts a Date javascript object to a string using OpenERP’s time string format (exemple: ‘15:12:35’).
The OpenERP times are supposed to always be naive times. We assume it is represented using a javascript Date with a date 1 of January 1970 and a time corresponding to the meant time in the browser’s time zone.
- obj (
Date
)String
function strftime_to_moment_format(value)
Convert Python strftime to escaped moment.js format.
- value (
String
) – original formatfunction str_to_date(str) → Date
Converts a string to a Date javascript object using OpenERP’s date string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01’).
As a date is not subject to time zones, we assume it should be represented as a Date javascript object at 00:00:00 in the time zone of the browser.
- str (
String
) – A string representing a date.Date
namespace
function date_to_utc(k, v) → Object
Replacer function for JSON.stringify, serializes Date objects to UTC datetime in the OpenERP Server format.
However, if a serialized value has a toJSON method that method is called before the replacer is invoked. Date#toJSON exists, and thus the value passed to the replacer is a string, the original Date has to be fetched on the parent object (which is provided as the replacer’s context).
k (String
)
v (Object
)
Object
function str_to_datetime(str) → Date
Converts a string to a Date javascript object using OpenERP’s datetime string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01 15:12:35.832’).
The time zone is assumed to be UTC (standard for OpenERP 6.1) and will be converted to the browser’s time zone.
- str (
String
) – A string representing a datetime.Date
function str_to_date(str) → Date
Converts a string to a Date javascript object using OpenERP’s date string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01’).
As a date is not subject to time zones, we assume it should be represented as a Date javascript object at 00:00:00 in the time zone of the browser.
- str (
String
) – A string representing a date.Date
function str_to_time(str) → Date
Converts a string to a Date javascript object using OpenERP’s time string format (exemple: ‘15:12:35’).
The OpenERP times are supposed to always be naive times. We assume it is represented using a javascript Date with a date 1 of January 1970 and a time corresponding to the meant time in the browser’s time zone.
- str (
String
) – A string representing a time.Date
function datetime_to_str(obj) → String
Converts a Date javascript object to a string using OpenERP’s datetime string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01 15:12:35’).
The time zone of the Date object is assumed to be the one of the browser and it will be converted to UTC (standard for OpenERP 6.1).
- obj (
Date
)String
function date_to_str(obj) → String
Converts a Date javascript object to a string using OpenERP’s date string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01’).
As a date is not subject to time zones, we assume it should be represented as a Date javascript object at 00:00:00 in the time zone of the browser.
- obj (
Date
)String
function time_to_str(obj) → String
Converts a Date javascript object to a string using OpenERP’s time string format (exemple: ‘15:12:35’).
The OpenERP times are supposed to always be naive times. We assume it is represented using a javascript Date with a date 1 of January 1970 and a time corresponding to the meant time in the browser’s time zone.
- obj (
Date
)String
function strftime_to_moment_format(value)
Convert Python strftime to escaped moment.js format.
- value (
String
) – original formatfunction moment_to_strftime_format(value)
Convert moment.js format to python strftime
- value (
String
) – original formatfunction getLangDateFormat()
Get date format of the user’s language
function getLangTimeFormat()
Get time format of the user’s language
function getLangDatetimeFormat()
Get date time format of the user’s language
function getLangDateFormat()
Get date format of the user’s language
function datetime_to_str(obj) → String
Converts a Date javascript object to a string using OpenERP’s datetime string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01 15:12:35’).
The time zone of the Date object is assumed to be the one of the browser and it will be converted to UTC (standard for OpenERP 6.1).
- obj (
Date
)String
function date_to_utc(k, v) → Object
Replacer function for JSON.stringify, serializes Date objects to UTC datetime in the OpenERP Server format.
However, if a serialized value has a toJSON method that method is called before the replacer is invoked. Date#toJSON exists, and thus the value passed to the replacer is a string, the original Date has to be fetched on the parent object (which is provided as the replacer’s context).
k (String
)
v (Object
)
Object
function date_to_str(obj) → String
Converts a Date javascript object to a string using OpenERP’s date string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01’).
As a date is not subject to time zones, we assume it should be represented as a Date javascript object at 00:00:00 in the time zone of the browser.
- obj (
Date
)String
function getLangDatetimeFormat()
Get date time format of the user’s language
function str_to_datetime(str) → Date
Converts a string to a Date javascript object using OpenERP’s datetime string format (exemple: ‘2011-12-01 15:12:35.832’).
The time zone is assumed to be UTC (standard for OpenERP 6.1) and will be converted to the browser’s time zone.
- str (
String
) – A string representing a datetime.Date
module im_livechat.WebsiteLivechatWindow
class LivechatWindow(parent, thread)
parent (im_livechat.im_livechat.LivechatButton
)
thread (im_livechat.model.WebsiteLivechat
)
This is the widget that represent windows of livechat in the frontend.
method replaceContentWith($element)
Replace the thread content with provided new content
- $element (
jQuery.Element
)method toggleFold(folded)
Warn the parent widget (LivechatButton)
- folded (
boolean
)class LivechatWindow(parent, thread)
parent (im_livechat.im_livechat.LivechatButton
)
thread (im_livechat.model.WebsiteLivechat
)
This is the widget that represent windows of livechat in the frontend.
method replaceContentWith($element)
Replace the thread content with provided new content
- $element (
jQuery.Element
)method toggleFold(folded)
Warn the parent widget (LivechatButton)
- folded (
boolean
)module web_editor.snippet.editor
namespace
class SnippetsMenu(parent, $editable)
parent
$editable
Management of drag&drop menu and snippet related behaviors in the page.
class SnippetEditor(parent, target, templateOptions)
Management of the overlay and option list for a snippet.
method buildSnippet()
Notifies all the associated snippet options that the snippet has just been dropped in the page.
method cleanForSave()
Notifies all the associated snippet options that the template which contains the snippet is about to be saved.
method cover()
Makes the editor overlay cover the associated snippet.
method removeSnippet()
Removes the associated snippet from the DOM and destroys the associated editor (itself).
method toggleFocus(focus)
Displays/Hides the editor overlay and notifies the associated snippet options. Note: when it is displayed, this is here that the parent snippet options are moved to the editor overlay.
- focus (
boolean
) – true to display, false to hideclass SnippetEditor(parent, target, templateOptions)
Management of the overlay and option list for a snippet.
method buildSnippet()
Notifies all the associated snippet options that the snippet has just been dropped in the page.
method cleanForSave()
Notifies all the associated snippet options that the template which contains the snippet is about to be saved.
method cover()
Makes the editor overlay cover the associated snippet.
method removeSnippet()
Removes the associated snippet from the DOM and destroys the associated editor (itself).
method toggleFocus(focus)
Displays/Hides the editor overlay and notifies the associated snippet options. Note: when it is displayed, this is here that the parent snippet options are moved to the editor overlay.
- focus (
boolean
) – true to display, false to hideclass SnippetsMenu(parent, $editable)
parent
$editable
Management of drag&drop menu and snippet related behaviors in the page.
module website_sale.backend
class Dashboard(parent, context)
method fetch_data()
Fetches dashboard data
module web.search_filters
namespace
module web.CalendarController
class CalendarController(parent, model, renderer, params)
parent (Widget
)
model (AbstractModel
)
renderer (AbstractRenderer
)
params (Object
)
method destroy()
Overrides to unbind handler on the control panel mobile ‘Today’ button.
method renderButtons([$node])
Render the buttons according to the CalendarView.buttons template and add listeners on it. Set this.$buttons with the produced jQuery element
- $node (
jQueryElement
) – a jQuery node where the rendered buttons
should be inserted. $node may be undefined, in which case the Calendar
inserts them into this.options.$buttons or into a div of its templatemethod renderPager($node)
In mobile, we want to display a special ‘Today’ button on the bottom right corner of the control panel. This is the pager area, and as there is no pager in Calendar views, we fool the system by defining a fake pager (which is actually our button) such that it will be inserted in the desired place.
- $node (
jQueryElement
) – the button should be appended to this
element to be displayed in the bottom right corner of the control panelmodule web.widget_registry
object instance of Registry
module sms.sms_widget
class SmsWidget()
SmsWidget is a widget to display a textarea (the body) and a text representing the number of SMS and the number of characters. This text is computed every time the user changes the body.
class SmsWidget()
SmsWidget is a widget to display a textarea (the body) and a text representing the number of SMS and the number of characters. This text is computed every time the user changes the body.
module web_editor.editor
namespace
module web_diagram.DiagramView
class DiagramView(viewInfo, params)
viewInfo (Object
)
params (Object
)
Diagram View
method getController()
This override is quite tricky: the graph renderer uses Raphael.js to render itself, so it needs it to be loaded in the window before rendering However, the raphael.js library is built in such a way that if it detects that a module system is present, it will try to use it. So, in that case, it is not available on window.Raphael. This means that the diagram view is then broken.
As a workaround, we simply remove and restore the define function, if present, while we are loading Raphael.
class DiagramView(viewInfo, params)
viewInfo (Object
)
params (Object
)
Diagram View
method getController()
This override is quite tricky: the graph renderer uses Raphael.js to render itself, so it needs it to be loaded in the window before rendering However, the raphael.js library is built in such a way that if it detects that a module system is present, it will try to use it. So, in that case, it is not available on window.Raphael. This means that the diagram view is then broken.
As a workaround, we simply remove and restore the define function, if present, while we are loading Raphael.
module web.Sidebar
class Sidebar(parent, options)
parent
options
method start()
Get the attachment linked to the record when the toolbar started
module mass_mailing.unsubscribe
namespace
module im_support.SupportBus
class SupportBusService()
module sale.OptionalProductsModal
class OptionalProductsModal(parent, params)
parent (jQuery.Element
) – The parent container
params (OptionalProductsModalParams
)
method open(options)
This is overridden to append the modal to the provided container (see init(“parent”)). We need this to have the modal contained in the web shop product form. The additional products data will then be contained in the form and sent on submit.
- options
method start()
Will update quantity input to synchronize with previous window
method getSelectedProducts() → Array
Returns the list of selected products. The root product is added on top of the list.
Array
class OptionalProductsModalParams()
attribute pricelistId integer
attribute isWebsite boolean
- If we’re on a web shop page, we need some
- custom behavior
attribute okButtonText string
The text to apply on the “ok” button, typically “Add” for the sale order and “Proceed to checkout” on the web shop
attribute cancelButtonText string
- same as “params.okButtonText” but
- for the cancel button
attribute rootProduct Object
The root product of the optional products window
attribute rootProduct.product_id integer
attribute rootProduct.quantity integer
attribute rootProduct.variant_values Array
attribute rootProduct.product_custom_attribute_values Array
attribute rootProduct.no_variant_attribute_values Array
module website_slides.upload
namespace
module web.relational_fields
class FieldMany2ManyBinaryMultiFiles()
Widget to upload or delete one or more files at the same time.
class FieldSelection()
The FieldSelection widget is a simple select tag with a dropdown menu to allow the selection of a range of values. It is designed to work with fields of type ‘selection’ and ‘many2one’.
method updateModifiersValue()
Listen to modifiers updates to hide/show the falsy value in the dropdown according to the required modifier.
namespace
class FieldMany2ManyBinaryMultiFiles()
Widget to upload or delete one or more files at the same time.
class FieldSelection()
The FieldSelection widget is a simple select tag with a dropdown menu to allow the selection of a range of values. It is designed to work with fields of type ‘selection’ and ‘many2one’.
method updateModifiersValue()
Listen to modifiers updates to hide/show the falsy value in the dropdown according to the required modifier.
class FieldReference()
The FieldReference is a combination of a select (for the model) and
a FieldMany2one for its value.
Its intern representation is similar to the many2one (a datapoint with a
name_get
as data).
Note that there is some logic to support char field because of one use in our
codebase, but this use should be removed along with this note.
class FieldReference()
The FieldReference is a combination of a select (for the model) and
a FieldMany2one for its value.
Its intern representation is similar to the many2one (a datapoint with a
name_get
as data).
Note that there is some logic to support char field because of one use in our
codebase, but this use should be removed along with this note.
module im_livechat.model.WebsiteLivechatMessage
class WebsiteLivechatMessage(parent, data, options)
parent (im_livechat.im_livechat.LivechatButton
)
data (Object
)
options (WebsiteLivechatMessageOptions
)
This is a message that is handled by im_livechat, without making use of the mail.Manager. The purpose of this is to make im_livechat compatible with mail.widget.Thread.
method getAvatarSource() → string
Get the relative url of the avatar to display next to the message
string
method getDisplayedAuthor() → string
Get the text to display for the author of the message
Rule of precedence for the displayed author:
author name > default usernane
string
class WebsiteLivechatMessageOptions()
attribute default_username string
attribute serverURL string
class WebsiteLivechatMessage(parent, data, options)
parent (im_livechat.im_livechat.LivechatButton
)
data (Object
)
options (WebsiteLivechatMessageOptions
)
This is a message that is handled by im_livechat, without making use of the mail.Manager. The purpose of this is to make im_livechat compatible with mail.widget.Thread.
method getAvatarSource() → string
Get the relative url of the avatar to display next to the message
string
method getDisplayedAuthor() → string
Get the text to display for the author of the message
Rule of precedence for the displayed author:
author name > default usernane
string
class WebsiteLivechatMessageOptions()
attribute default_username string
attribute serverURL string
module web.BasicController
class BasicController(parent, model, renderer, params)
method canBeDiscarded([recordID]) → Deferred<boolean>
Determines if we can discard the current changes. If the model is not dirty, that is not a problem. However, if it is dirty, we have to ask the user for confirmation.
- recordID (
string
) – default to main recordIDDeferred
<boolean
>method canBeSaved([recordID]) → boolean
Ask the renderer if all associated field widget are in a valid state for saving (valid value and non-empty value for required fields). If this is not the case, this notifies the user with a warning containing the names of the invalid fields.
Note: changing the style of invalid fields is the renderer’s job.
- recordID (
string
) – default to main recordIDboolean
method discardChanges(recordID, options)
Waits for the mutex to be unlocked and then calls _.discardChanges. This ensures that the confirm dialog isn’t displayed directly if there is a pending ‘write’ rpc.
recordID
options
method getSelectedIds() → Array
Method that will be overriden by the views with the ability to have selected ids
Array
method giveFocus()
Gives the focus to the renderer
method isDirty([recordID]) → boolean
Returns true iff the given recordID (or the main recordID) is dirty.
- recordID (
string
) – default to main recordIDboolean
method saveRecord([recordID][, options]) → Deferred
Saves the record whose ID is given if necessary (@see _saveRecord).
recordID (string
) – default to main recordID
options (Object
)
class BasicControllerParams()
attribute archiveEnabled boolean
attribute confirmOnDelete boolean
attribute hasButtons boolean
module web.dom_ready
namespace def
module web.download
download.js v4.2, by dandavis; 2008-2018. [MIT] see http://danml.com/download.html for tests/usage
function download(data, filename, mimetype)
data
filename
mimetype
module web.PivotRenderer
class PivotRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent (Widget
)
state (Object
)
params (Object
)
module web.SwitchCompanyMenu
class SwitchCompanyMenu()
module web.Widget
class Widget(parent)
- PropertiesMixin
- ServicesMixin
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.Base class for all visual components. Provides a lot of functions helpful for the management of a part of the DOM.
Widget handles:
- Rendering with QWeb.
- Life-cycle management and parenting (when a parent is destroyed, all its children are destroyed too).
- Insertion in DOM.
Guide to create implementations of the Widget class
Here is a sample child class:
var MyWidget = Widget.extend({
// the name of the QWeb template to use for rendering
template: "MyQWebTemplate",
init: function (parent) {
this._super(parent);
// stuff that you want to init before the rendering
},
willStart: function () {
// async work that need to be done before the widget is ready
// this method should return a deferred
},
start: function() {
// stuff you want to make after the rendering, `this.$el` holds a correct value
this.$(".my_button").click(/* an example of event binding * /);
// if you have some asynchronous operations, it's a good idea to return
// a promise in start(). Note that this is quite rare, and if you
// need to fetch some data, this should probably be done in the
// willStart method
var promise = this._rpc(...);
return promise;
}
});
Now this class can simply be used with the following syntax:
var myWidget = new MyWidget(this);
myWidget.appendTo($(".some-div"));
With these two lines, the MyWidget instance was initialized, rendered,
inserted into the DOM inside the .some-div
div and its events were
bound.
And of course, when you don’t need that widget anymore, just do:
myWidget.destroy();
That will kill the widget in a clean way and erase its content from the dom.
attribute template null|string
The name of the QWeb template that will be used for rendering. Must be redefined in subclasses or the default render() method can not be used.
attribute xmlDependencies null|string[]
List of paths to xml files that need to be loaded before the widget can be rendered. This will not induce loading anything that has already been loaded.
method willStart() → Deferred
Method called between @see init and @see start. Performs asynchronous calls required by the rendering and the start method.
This method should return a Deferred which is resolved when start can be executed.
method start() → Deferred
Method called after rendering. Mostly used to bind actions, perform asynchronous calls, etc…
By convention, this method should return an object that can be passed to $.when() to inform the caller when this widget has been initialized.
Note that, for historic reasons, many widgets still do work in the start method that would be more suited to the willStart method.
method destroy()
Destroys the current widget, also destroys all its children before destroying itself.
method appendTo(target)
Renders the current widget and appends it to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method attachTo(target)
Attach the current widget to a dom element
- target (
jQuery
)method do_hide()
Hides the widget
method do_show()
Displays the widget
method do_toggle([display])
Displays or hides the widget
- display (
boolean
) – use true to show the widget or false to hide itmethod insertAfter(target)
Renders the current widget and inserts it after to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method insertBefore(target)
Renders the current widget and inserts it before to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method prependTo(target)
Renders the current widget and prepends it to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method renderElement()
Renders the element. The default implementation renders the widget using
QWeb, this.template
must be defined. The context given to QWeb contains
the “widget” key that references this
.
method replace(target)
Renders the current widget and replaces the given jQuery object.
- target – A jQuery object or a Widget instance.
method setElement(element) → Widget
Re-sets the widget’s root element (el/$el/$el).
Includes:
- re-delegating events
- re-binding sub-elements
- if the widget already had a root element, replacing the pre-existing element in the DOM
- element (
HTMLElement
or jQuery
) – new root element for the widgetclass Widget(parent)
- PropertiesMixin
- ServicesMixin
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.Base class for all visual components. Provides a lot of functions helpful for the management of a part of the DOM.
Widget handles:
- Rendering with QWeb.
- Life-cycle management and parenting (when a parent is destroyed, all its children are destroyed too).
- Insertion in DOM.
Guide to create implementations of the Widget class
Here is a sample child class:
var MyWidget = Widget.extend({
// the name of the QWeb template to use for rendering
template: "MyQWebTemplate",
init: function (parent) {
this._super(parent);
// stuff that you want to init before the rendering
},
willStart: function () {
// async work that need to be done before the widget is ready
// this method should return a deferred
},
start: function() {
// stuff you want to make after the rendering, `this.$el` holds a correct value
this.$(".my_button").click(/* an example of event binding * /);
// if you have some asynchronous operations, it's a good idea to return
// a promise in start(). Note that this is quite rare, and if you
// need to fetch some data, this should probably be done in the
// willStart method
var promise = this._rpc(...);
return promise;
}
});
Now this class can simply be used with the following syntax:
var myWidget = new MyWidget(this);
myWidget.appendTo($(".some-div"));
With these two lines, the MyWidget instance was initialized, rendered,
inserted into the DOM inside the .some-div
div and its events were
bound.
And of course, when you don’t need that widget anymore, just do:
myWidget.destroy();
That will kill the widget in a clean way and erase its content from the dom.
attribute template null|string
The name of the QWeb template that will be used for rendering. Must be redefined in subclasses or the default render() method can not be used.
attribute xmlDependencies null|string[]
List of paths to xml files that need to be loaded before the widget can be rendered. This will not induce loading anything that has already been loaded.
method willStart() → Deferred
Method called between @see init and @see start. Performs asynchronous calls required by the rendering and the start method.
This method should return a Deferred which is resolved when start can be executed.
method start() → Deferred
Method called after rendering. Mostly used to bind actions, perform asynchronous calls, etc…
By convention, this method should return an object that can be passed to $.when() to inform the caller when this widget has been initialized.
Note that, for historic reasons, many widgets still do work in the start method that would be more suited to the willStart method.
method destroy()
Destroys the current widget, also destroys all its children before destroying itself.
method appendTo(target)
Renders the current widget and appends it to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method attachTo(target)
Attach the current widget to a dom element
- target (
jQuery
)method do_hide()
Hides the widget
method do_show()
Displays the widget
method do_toggle([display])
Displays or hides the widget
- display (
boolean
) – use true to show the widget or false to hide itmethod insertAfter(target)
Renders the current widget and inserts it after to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method insertBefore(target)
Renders the current widget and inserts it before to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method prependTo(target)
Renders the current widget and prepends it to the given jQuery object.
- target (
jQuery
)method renderElement()
Renders the element. The default implementation renders the widget using
QWeb, this.template
must be defined. The context given to QWeb contains
the “widget” key that references this
.
method replace(target)
Renders the current widget and replaces the given jQuery object.
- target – A jQuery object or a Widget instance.
method setElement(element) → Widget
Re-sets the widget’s root element (el/$el/$el).
Includes:
- re-delegating events
- re-binding sub-elements
- if the widget already had a root element, replacing the pre-existing element in the DOM
- element (
HTMLElement
or jQuery
) – new root element for the widgetmodule web.kanban_examples_registry
object instance of Registry
module im_support.SupportChannel
class SupportChannel(params)
- params (
SupportChannelParams
)This mail model represents support channel, which are communication channels between two different databases for support-related reasons. It is like livechat, but both users are in different databases, and both users communicate from their respective ‘backend’ access.
FIXME: it should inherit from mail.model.Channel, not from mail.model.SearchableThread
method addDefaultMessage()
Adds the default message in the Support channel (depending on its availability).
method close()
Overrides to store the state of the Support channel in the localStorage.
method detach()
Overrides to store the state of the Support channel in the localStorage.
method fold(folded)
Overrides to store the state of the Support channel in the localStorage.
- folded
method getNeedactionCounter() → integer
FIXME: this override is necessary just because the support channel is considered as a channel, even though it does not inherit from mail.model.Channel.
integer
method hasBeenPreviewed() → boolean
FIXME: this method is necessary just because the support channel is considered as a channel, even though it does not inherit from mail.model.Channel.
boolean
method isChannel() → boolean
FIXME: this override is necessary just because the support channel is considered as a channel, even though it does not inherit from mail.model.Channel.
boolean
method updateWindowState(params)
Called when fold or detach (or both) status have changed on the support channel.
Note: this is partially a hack due to support channel not being a channel. Also, the support channel uses another way to handle its window state, by means of the local storage.
- params (
UpdateWindowStateParams
)class UpdateWindowStateParams()
attribute folded boolean
attribute detached boolean
class SupportChannelParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.available boolean
attribute data.id string|integer
attribute data.is_minimized boolean
attribute data.operator Object
attribute data.state string
[‘open’, ‘closed’, ‘folded’]
attribute data.uuid string
attribute data.welcome_message string
attribute options Object
class SupportChannel(params)
- params (
SupportChannelParams
)This mail model represents support channel, which are communication channels between two different databases for support-related reasons. It is like livechat, but both users are in different databases, and both users communicate from their respective ‘backend’ access.
FIXME: it should inherit from mail.model.Channel, not from mail.model.SearchableThread
method addDefaultMessage()
Adds the default message in the Support channel (depending on its availability).
method close()
Overrides to store the state of the Support channel in the localStorage.
method detach()
Overrides to store the state of the Support channel in the localStorage.
method fold(folded)
Overrides to store the state of the Support channel in the localStorage.
- folded
method getNeedactionCounter() → integer
FIXME: this override is necessary just because the support channel is considered as a channel, even though it does not inherit from mail.model.Channel.
integer
method hasBeenPreviewed() → boolean
FIXME: this method is necessary just because the support channel is considered as a channel, even though it does not inherit from mail.model.Channel.
boolean
method isChannel() → boolean
FIXME: this override is necessary just because the support channel is considered as a channel, even though it does not inherit from mail.model.Channel.
boolean
method updateWindowState(params)
Called when fold or detach (or both) status have changed on the support channel.
Note: this is partially a hack due to support channel not being a channel. Also, the support channel uses another way to handle its window state, by means of the local storage.
- params (
UpdateWindowStateParams
)class UpdateWindowStateParams()
attribute folded boolean
attribute detached boolean
class SupportChannelParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.available boolean
attribute data.id string|integer
attribute data.is_minimized boolean
attribute data.operator Object
attribute data.state string
[‘open’, ‘closed’, ‘folded’]
attribute data.uuid string
attribute data.welcome_message string
attribute options Object
module mail.composer.MentionManager
class MentionManager(parent)
- parent
method isOpen() → boolean
Returns true if the mention suggestions dropdown is open, false otherwise
boolean
method getListenerSelection(delimiter) → Array
Returns the mentions of the given listener that haven’t been erased from the composer’s input
- delimiter
Array
method detectDelimiter()
Detects if the user is currently typing a mention word
method generateLinks(s) → string
Replaces mentions appearing in the string ‘s’ by html links with proper redirection
- s (
string
)string
method register(listener)
Registers a new listener, described by an object containing the following keys
- listener (
RegisterListener
)class RegisterListener()
attribute beginningOnly boolean
- true to enable autocomplete
- only at first position of input
attribute delimiter char
the mention delimiter
attribute fetchCallback function
- the callback to fetch mention
- suggestions
attribute generateLinks boolean
- true to wrap mentions in <a>
- links
attribute model string
- (optional) the model used for
- redirection
attribute redirectClassname string
- (optional) the classname
- of the <a> wrapping the mention
attribute selection Array
- (optional) initial mentions for
- each listener
attribute suggestionTemplate string
- the template of
- suggestions’ dropdown
module web.DataManager
class ()
function invalidate()
Invalidates the whole cache Suggestion: could be refined to invalidate some part of the cache
function load_action([action_id][, additional_context]) → Deferred
Loads an action from its id or xmlid.
action_id (int
or string
) – the action id or xmlid
additional_context (Object
) – used to load the action
function load_views(params[, options]) → Deferred
Loads various information concerning views: fields_view for each view, the fields of the corresponding model, and optionally the filters.
params (LoadViewsParams
)
options (Object
) – dictionary of various options:
- options.load_filters: whether or not to load the filters,
- options.action_id: the action_id (required to load filters),
- options.toolbar: whether or not a toolbar will be displayed,
class LoadViewsParams()
attribute model String
attribute context Object
attribute views_descr Array
array of [view_id, view_type]
function load_filters([dataset][, action_id]) → Deferred
Loads the filters of a given model and optional action id.
dataset (Object
) – the dataset for which the filters are loaded
action_id (int
) – the id of the action (optional)
function create_filter([filter]) → Deferred
Calls ‘create_or_replace’ on ‘ir_filters’.
- filter (
Object
) – the filter descriptionfunction delete_filter([filter]) → Deferred
Calls ‘unlink’ on ‘ir_filters’.
- filter (
Object
) – the description of the filter to removemodule bus.Longpolling
class Longpolling(parent, params)
Event Longpolling bus used to bind events on the server long polling return
trigger: - window_focus : when the window focus change (true for focused, false for blur) - notification : when a notification is receive from the long polling
method addChannel(channel)
Register a new channel to listen on the longpoll (ignore if already listening on this channel). Aborts a pending longpoll, in order to re-start another longpoll, so that we can immediately get notifications on newly registered channel.
- channel (
string
)method deleteChannel(channel)
Unregister a channel from listening on the longpoll.
Aborts a pending longpoll, in order to re-start another longpoll, so that we immediately remove ourselves from listening on notifications on this channel.
- channel (
string
)method isOdooFocused() → boolean
Tell whether odoo is focused or not
boolean
method startPolling()
Start a long polling, i.e. it continually opens a long poll
connection as long as it is not stopped (@see stopPolling
)
method stopPolling()
Stops any started long polling
Aborts a pending longpoll so that we immediately remove ourselves from listening on notifications on this channel.
method updateOption(key, value)
Add or update an option on the longpoll bus. Stored options are sent to the server whenever a poll is started.
key (string
)
value (any
)
class Longpolling(parent, params)
Event Longpolling bus used to bind events on the server long polling return
trigger: - window_focus : when the window focus change (true for focused, false for blur) - notification : when a notification is receive from the long polling
method addChannel(channel)
Register a new channel to listen on the longpoll (ignore if already listening on this channel). Aborts a pending longpoll, in order to re-start another longpoll, so that we can immediately get notifications on newly registered channel.
- channel (
string
)method deleteChannel(channel)
Unregister a channel from listening on the longpoll.
Aborts a pending longpoll, in order to re-start another longpoll, so that we immediately remove ourselves from listening on notifications on this channel.
- channel (
string
)method isOdooFocused() → boolean
Tell whether odoo is focused or not
boolean
method startPolling()
Start a long polling, i.e. it continually opens a long poll
connection as long as it is not stopped (@see stopPolling
)
method stopPolling()
Stops any started long polling
Aborts a pending longpoll so that we immediately remove ourselves from listening on notifications on this channel.
method updateOption(key, value)
Add or update an option on the longpoll bus. Stored options are sent to the server whenever a poll is started.
key (string
)
value (any
)
module web_editor.IframeRoot
namespace
module web.DataExport
class DataExport(parent, record, defaultExportFields)
parent
record
defaultExportFields
module stock.ReportWidget
class ReportWidget(parent)
- parent
module web_diagram.DiagramRenderer
class DiagramRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent (Widget
)
state (any
)
params (DiagramRendererParams
)
Diagram Renderer
The diagram renderer responsability is to render a diagram view, that is, a set of (labelled) nodes and edges. To do that, it uses the Raphael.js library.
class DiagramRendererParams()
attribute noContentHelp string
class DiagramRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent (Widget
)
state (any
)
params (DiagramRendererParams
)
Diagram Renderer
The diagram renderer responsability is to render a diagram view, that is, a set of (labelled) nodes and edges. To do that, it uses the Raphael.js library.
class DiagramRendererParams()
attribute noContentHelp string
module web.BasicRenderer
class BasicRenderer(parent, state, params)
parent
state
params
method canBeSaved(recordID) → string[]
This method has two responsabilities: find every invalid fields in the current view, and making sure that they are displayed as invalid, by toggling the o_form_invalid css class. It has to be done both on the widget, and on the label, if any.
- recordID (
string
)Array
<string
>method commitChanges(recordID) → Deferred
Calls ‘commitChanges’ on all field widgets, so that they can notify the environment with their current value (useful for widgets that can’t detect when their value changes or that have to validate their changes before notifying them).
- recordID (
string
)method confirmChange(state, id, fields, ev) → Deferred<AbstractField[]>
Updates the internal state of the renderer to the new state. By default, this also implements the recomputation of the modifiers and their application to the DOM and the reset of the field widgets if needed.
In case the given record is not found anymore, a whole re-rendering is completed (possible if a change in a record caused an onchange which erased the current record).
We could always rerender the view from scratch, but then it would not be as efficient, and we might lose some local state, such as the input focus cursor, or the scrolling position.
state (Object
)
id (string
)
fields (Array
<string
>)
ev (OdooEvent
)
method focusField(id, fieldName, offset)
Activates the widget and move the cursor to the given offset
id (string
)
fieldName (string
)
offset (integer
)
module web.KanbanRenderer
class KanbanRenderer()
method on_attach_callback()
As this renderer defines its own scrolling area (the column in grouped mode), we override this hook to restore the scroll position like it was when the renderer has been last detached.
method on_detach_callback()
As this renderer defines its own scrolling area (the column in grouped mode), we override this hook to store the scroll position, so that we can restore it if the renderer is re-attached to the DOM later.
method addQuickCreate() → Deferred
Displays the quick create record in the active column
method quickCreateToggleFold()
Toggle fold/unfold the Column quick create widget
method removeWidget(widget)
Removes a widget (record if ungrouped, column if grouped) from the view.
- widget (
Widget
) – the instance of the widget to removemethod updateColumn(localID)
Overrides to restore the left property and the scrollTop on the updated column, and to enable the swipe handlers
- localID
method updateRecord(recordState) → Deferred
Updates a given record with its new state.
- recordState (
Object
)module web.Class
class Class()
Improved John Resig’s inheritance, based on:
Simple JavaScript Inheritance By John Resig http://ejohn.org/ MIT Licensed.
Adds “include()”
Defines The Class object. That object can be used to define and inherit classes using the extend() method.
Example:
var Person = Class.extend({
init: function(isDancing){
this.dancing = isDancing;
},
dance: function(){
return this.dancing;
}
});
The init() method act as a constructor. This class can be instanced this way:
var person = new Person(true);
person.dance();
The Person class can also be extended again:
var Ninja = Person.extend({
init: function(){
this._super( false );
},
dance: function(){
// Call the inherited version of dance()
return this._super();
},
swingSword: function(){
return true;
}
});
When extending a class, each re-defined method can use this._super() to call the previous implementation of that method.
method extend(prop)
Subclass an existing class
- prop (
Object
) – class-level properties (class attributes and instance methods) to set on the new classclass Class()
Improved John Resig’s inheritance, based on:
Simple JavaScript Inheritance By John Resig http://ejohn.org/ MIT Licensed.
Adds “include()”
Defines The Class object. That object can be used to define and inherit classes using the extend() method.
Example:
var Person = Class.extend({
init: function(isDancing){
this.dancing = isDancing;
},
dance: function(){
return this.dancing;
}
});
The init() method act as a constructor. This class can be instanced this way:
var person = new Person(true);
person.dance();
The Person class can also be extended again:
var Ninja = Person.extend({
init: function(){
this._super( false );
},
dance: function(){
// Call the inherited version of dance()
return this._super();
},
swingSword: function(){
return true;
}
});
When extending a class, each re-defined method can use this._super() to call the previous implementation of that method.
method extend(prop)
Subclass an existing class
- prop (
Object
) – class-level properties (class attributes and instance methods) to set on the new classmodule web.TimeRangeMenuOptions
namespace
module web.QWeb
function QWeb(debug, default_dict[, enableTranslation])
debug (boolean
)
default_dict (Object
)
enableTranslation=true (boolean
) – if true (this is the default),
the rendering will translate all strings that are not marked with
t-translation=off. This is useful for the kanban view, which uses a
template which is already translated by the server
module mail.Manager.DocumentThread
class MailManager(parent)
- parent
method addMessage(data)
For new posted message of current user in a document thread: store it in the localStorage to make it appear on the other tabs.
Note: ‘addMessage’ modifies the message in place (by setting the channel_id, so we must store the message in the localStorage before calling ‘addMessage’)
- data (
AddMessageData
)class AddMessageData()
attribute author_id Array
- [int, string] where int is server ID of
- the author, and string is the name of the author.
attribute id integer
server ID of the message
attribute model string
- the model name of the document that this
- message is related to.
attribute res_id integer
- the ID of the document that this message
- is related to.
function createChannel(name, type) → $.Promise<integer>
Creates a channel, can be either a true channel or a DM chat based on
type
name (integer
or string
) – id of partner (in case of dm) or name
type (string
) – [‘dm_chat’, ‘public’, ‘private’]
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function getCannedResponses() → Array
Returns the list of canned responses A canned response is a pre-formatted text that is triggered with some keystrokes, such as with ‘:’.
Array
function getChannel(threadID) → mail.model.Channel|undefined
Returns a channel corresponding to the given id.
- threadID (
integer
)mail.model.Channel
or undefinedfunction getChannels() → mail.model.Channel[]
Returns a list of channels
Array
<mail.model.Channel
>function getChannelPreviews() → $.Promise<Object[]>
Overrides to filter out the Support channel from the previews.
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getDiscussMenuID() → integer
Returns the record id of ir.ui.menu for Discuss
integer
function getDMChatFromPartnerID(partnerID) → Object|undefined
Gets direct message channel
- partnerID (
integer
)Object
or undefinedfunction getMailFailures() → mail.model.MailFailure[]
Returns a list of mail failures
Array
<mail.model.MailFailure
>function getMentionPartnerSuggestions() → Array<Object[]>
Get partners as mentions from a chatter Typically all employees as partner suggestions.
Array
<Array
<Object
>>function getMessage(messageID) → mail.model.Message|undefined
Gets message from its ID
- messageID (
integer
)mail.model.Message
or undefinedfunction getSystrayPreviews([filter]) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Returns the previews to display in the systray’s messaging menu.
- filter=undefined (
string
) – specify ‘chat’ or ‘channels’ to only
get previews for that type of threadsjQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function getModeratedChannelIDs() → integer[]
Get the list of channel IDs where the current user is a moderator
Array
<integer
>function getOdoobotID() → string
Get the OdooBot ID, which is the default authorID for transient messages
string
function getThread(threadID) → mail.model.Thread|undefined
Returns thread matching provided ID, if any
- threadID (
string
or integer
)mail.model.Thread
or undefinedfunction getThreads() → mail.model.Thread[]
Returns a list of threads
Array
<mail.model.Thread
>function isMyselfModerator() → boolean
States whether the current user is a moderator or not
boolean
function isReady() → $.Promise
States whether the mail manager is ready or not This is the case when it has fetched the initial state from the server, by means of the route ‘mail/init_messaging’
jQuery.Promise
function joinChannel(channelID[, options]) → $.Promise<integer>
Join an existing channel See @createChannel to join a new channel
channelID (integer
)
options (Object
) – options to be passed on channel add
jQuery.Promise
<integer
>function markMessagesAsRead(messageIDs) → $.Promise
Mark messages as read
- messageIDs (
Array
) – list of messages IDsjQuery.Promise
function openThread(threadID)
Open the thread window if discuss is not opened
- threadID (
integer
or string
)function redirect(resModel, resID[, dmRedirectionCallback])
Special redirection handling for given model and id
If the model is res.partner, and there is a user associated with this partner which isn’t the current user, open the DM chat with this user. Otherwhise, open the record’s form view (if not current user’s).
resModel (string
) – model to open
resID (integer
) – record to open
dmRedirectionCallback (function
) – only used if ‘res.partner’,
a function that has a threadID as input
function removeMessageFromThreads(message)
Remove the message from all of its threads
- message (
mail.model.Message
)function searchPartner(searchVal, limit) → $.Promise<Object[]>
Search among prefetched partners, using the string ‘searchVal’
searchVal (string
)
limit (integer
) – max number of found partners in the response
jQuery.Promise
<Array
<Object
>>function unstarAll() → $.Promise
Unstars all messages from all channels
jQuery.Promise
function getDocumentThread(model, resID) → integer
Returns a document thread corresponding to the given model and resID.
model (string
) – of the document thread, if it exists
resID
integer
function getOrAddDocumentThread(params) → mail.model.DocumentThread
Add a new document thread, or get if it exists already.
Also, if a name is provided for the document thread, it overwrites the previous one.
- params (
GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams
)class GetOrAddDocumentThreadParams()
attribute message_ids interger[]
- the list of message ids linked
- to the document (if not given, they will be fetched before fetching the messages)
attribute name string
- if provided, overwrites the name of the
- existing document thread
attribute resID integer
attribute resModel string
function updateDocumentThreadState(threadID, state)
Updates the state of a given document thread (stored in localStorage). Garbage collects windows previously marked as ‘closed’ (assuming that the info has already been processed by the other tabs).
threadID (string
) – ID of a document thread
state (UpdateDocumentThreadStateState
)
class UpdateDocumentThreadStateState()
attribute name string
name of the document thread
attribute windowState string
(‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)
function initSupport()
Initialises the Support: checks if there is a pending chat session between the user and Support, and if so, re-opens it. Note: we can’t directly override init(), because it is already called when the include is applied, so we use this hook instead (called at webclient startup)
function startPollingSupport([pollingDelay])
Initiates a longpoll with the server hosting the Support channel.
- pollingDelay=POLL_TIMEOUT_DELAY (
integer
) – the longpolling
timeout delay to setfunction startSupportLivechat([channelState]) → Deferred
Opens the Support channel between a livechat operator from the Support database and the current user (if there is an available operator). Ensures to perform only once the request to create/retrieve the Support channel.
- channelState=’open’ (
string
) – state of the Support
channel (see CHANNEL_STATES for accepted values)function updateSupportChannelState(state)
Updates the state of the Support channel (stored in the localStorage).
- state (
string
) – (‘closed’, ‘folded’ or ‘open’)function openBlankThreadWindow()
Open the blank thread window (i.e. the thread window without any thread linked to it). Make it if there is no blank thread window yet.
function openDMChatWindowFromBlankThreadWindow(partnerID)
Open a DM chat in a thread window. This is useful when selecting a DM chatin the blank thread window, so that it replaces it with the DM chat window.
- partnerID (
integer
)function openThreadWindow(threadID[, options])
Open a thread in a thread window
threadID (integer
) – a valid thread ID
options (OpenThreadWindowOptions
)
class OpenThreadWindowOptions()
attribute passively boolean
- if set to true, open the thread
- window without focusing the input and marking messages as read if it is not open yet, and do nothing otherwise.
attribute keepFoldState boolean
- if set to true, keep the
- fold state of the thread
function updateThreadWindow(threadID, options)
Called when a thread has its window state that has been changed, so its thread window view should be changed to match the model.
threadID (integer
or string
)
options (UpdateThreadWindowOptions
) – option to be applied on opening thread window, if
the thread is detached
class UpdateThreadWindowOptions()
- option to be applied on opening thread window, if
- the thread is detached
attribute passively boolean
- if set, the window will behave
- passively.
module web.RainbowMan
class RainbowMan([options])
- options (
RainbowManOptions
)class RainbowManOptions()
attribute message string
Message to be displayed on rainbowman card
attribute fadeout string
Delay for rainbowman to disappear. ‘fast’ will make rainbowman dissapear quickly, ‘medium’ and ‘slow’ will wait little longer before disappearing (can be used when options.message is longer), ‘no’ will keep rainbowman on screen until user clicks anywhere outside rainbowman
attribute img_url string
URL of the image to be displayed
module mail.systray.MessagingMenu
class MessagingMenu()
Menu item appended in the systray part of the navbar
The menu item indicates the counter of needactions + unread messages in chat channels. When clicking on it, it toggles a dropdown containing a preview of each pinned channels (except mailbox and mass mailing channels) with a quick link to open them in chat windows. It also contains a direct link to the Inbox in Discuss.
method start()
Overrides to add a className to the bottom part of the dropdown (containing the Support channel), so that the css rules apply. This className can’t be added directly in the template, otherwise this.$channels_preview would be a nodeset containing the bottom part as well, and it will cause rendering issues when the dropdown is rerendered.
method isMobile() → boolean
States whether the widget is in mobile mode or not. This is used by the template.
boolean
class MessagingMenu()
Menu item appended in the systray part of the navbar
The menu item indicates the counter of needactions + unread messages in chat channels. When clicking on it, it toggles a dropdown containing a preview of each pinned channels (except mailbox and mass mailing channels) with a quick link to open them in chat windows. It also contains a direct link to the Inbox in Discuss.
method start()
Overrides to add a className to the bottom part of the dropdown (containing the Support channel), so that the css rules apply. This className can’t be added directly in the template, otherwise this.$channels_preview would be a nodeset containing the bottom part as well, and it will cause rendering issues when the dropdown is rerendered.
method isMobile() → boolean
States whether the widget is in mobile mode or not. This is used by the template.
boolean
module web.config
function _updateSizeProps()
Update the size dependant properties in the config object. This method should be called every time the size class changes.
function _getSizeClass() → integer
Return the current size class
integer
namespace config
module account.ReconciliationClientAction
class ManualAction(parent, params)
parent
params (ManualActionParams
)
Widget used as action for ‘account.move.line’ and ‘res.partner’ for the manual reconciliation and mark data as reconciliate
class ManualActionParams()
attribute context Object
namespace
class StatementAction(parent, params)
Widget used as action for ‘account.bank.statement’ reconciliation
method willStart()
instantiate the action renderer
method start()
append the renderer and instantiate the line renderers
method do_show()
update the control panel and breadcrumbs
class StatementActionParams()
attribute context Object
class ManualAction(parent, params)
parent
params (ManualActionParams
)
Widget used as action for ‘account.move.line’ and ‘res.partner’ for the manual reconciliation and mark data as reconciliate
class ManualActionParams()
attribute context Object
class StatementAction(parent, params)
Widget used as action for ‘account.bank.statement’ reconciliation
method willStart()
instantiate the action renderer
method start()
append the renderer and instantiate the line renderers
method do_show()
update the control panel and breadcrumbs
class StatementActionParams()
attribute context Object
module mail.model.TwoUserChannel
class TwoUserChannel(params)
- params (
TwoUserChannelParams
)method unsubscribe() → $.Promise
Unpin from two-user thread
jQuery.Promise
class TwoUserChannelParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.channel_type string
attribute data.create_uid integer
- the ID of the user that has
- created the channel.
attribute data.group_based_subscription boolean
attribute data.is_minimized boolean
attribute data.is_moderator boolean
- whether the current user is
- moderator of this channel.
attribute data.last_message_date string
date in server-format
attribute data.message_unread_counter integer
attribute data.moderation boolean
- whether the channel is
- moderated or not
attribute data.state string
attribute data.uuid string
attribute options Object
attribute options.autoswitch boolean
attribute commands Object[]
module mail.model.CreateModeDocumentThread
class CreateModeDocumentThread()
Special document thread that is linked to a new document that is in create mode. This thread only display a single (fake) message which displays the user avatar and the message ‘Creating a new record…’.
Note: it uses AbstractThread and AbstractMessage, because this is a fake thread which contains a fake message. We do not want to register both of them in the mail service.
class CreateModeDocumentThread()
Special document thread that is linked to a new document that is in create mode. This thread only display a single (fake) message which displays the user avatar and the message ‘Creating a new record…’.
Note: it uses AbstractThread and AbstractMessage, because this is a fake thread which contains a fake message. We do not want to register both of them in the mail service.
module web.kanban_column_quick_create
class ColumnQuickCreate(parent[, options])
parent
options (ColumnQuickCreateOptions
)
method on_attach_callback()
Called each time the quick create is attached into the DOM
method toggleFold()
Folds/unfolds the Column quick create widget
class ColumnQuickCreateOptions()
attribute examples Object
module web_editor.summernote
module website.customizeMenu
class CustomizeMenu(parent)
module website_crm.tour
namespace
module web_editor.transcoder
function linkImgToAttachmentThumbnail($editable)
Revert attachmentThumbnailToLinkImg changes
- $editable (
jQuery
)namespace
function fontToImg($editable)
Converts font icons to images.
- $editable (
jQuery
) – the element in which the font icons have to be
converted to imagesfunction imgToFont($editable)
Converts images which were the result of a font icon convertion to a font icon again.
- $editable (
jQuery
) – the element in which the images will be converted
back to font iconsfunction classToStyle($editable)
Converts css style to inline style (leave the classes on elements but forces the style they give as inline style).
- $editable (
jQuery
)function styleToClass($editable)
Removes the inline style which is not necessary (because, for example, a class on an element will induce the same style).
- $editable (
jQuery
)function attachmentThumbnailToLinkImg($editable)
Converts css display for attachment link to real image. Without this post process, the display depends on the css and the picture does not appear when we use the html without css (to send by email for e.g.)
- $editable (
jQuery
)function linkImgToAttachmentThumbnail($editable)
Revert attachmentThumbnailToLinkImg changes
- $editable (
jQuery
)function fontToImg($editable)
Converts font icons to images.
- $editable (
jQuery
) – the element in which the font icons have to be
converted to imagesfunction classToStyle($editable)
Converts css style to inline style (leave the classes on elements but forces the style they give as inline style).
- $editable (
jQuery
)function getMatchedCSSRules(a) → Object
Returns the css rules which applies on an element, tweaked so that they are browser/mail client ok.
- a (
DOMElement
)Object
function attachmentThumbnailToLinkImg($editable)
Converts css display for attachment link to real image. Without this post process, the display depends on the css and the picture does not appear when we use the html without css (to send by email for e.g.)
- $editable (
jQuery
)function styleToClass($editable)
Removes the inline style which is not necessary (because, for example, a class on an element will induce the same style).
- $editable (
jQuery
)function imgToFont($editable)
Converts images which were the result of a font icon convertion to a font icon again.
- $editable (
jQuery
) – the element in which the images will be converted
back to font iconsmodule point_of_sale.popups
class SelectionPopupWidget(parent, args)
parent
args
A popup that allows the user to select one item from a list.
Example:
show_popup('selection',{
title: "Popup Title",
list: [
{ label: 'foobar', item: 45 },
{ label: 'bar foo', item: 'stuff' },
],
confirm: function(item) {
// get the item selected by the user.
},
cancel: function(){
// user chose nothing
}
});
class PopupWidget(parent, args)
parent
args
module website.newMenu
class NewContentMenu(parent)
- parent (
Widget
or null) – Binds the current instance to the given Widget
instance. When that widget is destroyed by calling destroy(), the
current instance will be destroyed too. Can be null.method start()
Prepare the navigation and find the modules to install. Move not installed module buttons after installed modules buttons, but keep the original index to be able to move back the pending install button at its final position, so the user can click at the same place.
module web.SystrayMenu
class SystrayMenu(parent)
- parent
The SystrayMenu is the class that manage the list of icons in the top right of the menu bar.
class SystrayMenu(parent)
- parent
The SystrayMenu is the class that manage the list of icons in the top right of the menu bar.
module website_event.website_event
class EventRegistrationForm(parent)
module web.Menu
class Menu(parent, menu_data)
parent
menu_data
method action_id_to_primary_menu_id(action_id)
Helpers used by web_client in order to restore the state from an url (by restore, read re-synchronize menu and action manager)
- action_id
method getCurrentPrimaryMenu() → integer
Returns the id of the current primary (first level) menu.
integer
method openFirstApp()
Open the first app
module website.content.compatibility
namespace
module sale.ProductConfiguratorFormRenderer
class ProductConfiguratorFormRenderer()
method renderConfigurator(configuratorHtml)
Renders the product configurator within the form
Will also: - add events handling for variant changes - trigger variant change to compute the price and other
variant specific changes
- configuratorHtml (
string
) – the evaluated template of
the product configuratormodule website.seo
namespace
module point_of_sale.DB
class PosDB(options)
- options
module web.LocalStorageService
class LocalStorageService(parent)
- parent
module pos_restaurant.notes
namespace
module web_tour.TourManager
class (parent, consumed_tours)
function register(name, [options, ]steps)
Registers a tour described by the following arguments in order
name (string
) – tour’s name
options (RegisterOptions
) – options (optional), available options are:
steps (Array
<Object
>) – steps’ descriptions, each step being an object
containing a tip description
class RegisterOptions()
options (optional), available options are:
attribute test boolean
true if this is only for tests
attribute skip_enabled boolean
true to add a link in its tips to consume the whole tour
attribute url string
the url to load when manually running the tour
attribute rainbowMan boolean
whether or not the rainbowman must be shown at the end of the tour
attribute wait_for Deferred
indicates when the tour can be started
function update(tour_name)
Checks for tooltips to activate (only from the running tour or specified tour if there is one, from all active tours otherwise). Should be called each time the DOM changes.
- tour_name
namespace STEPS
Tour predefined steps
module web_tour.tour
namespace
module mail.model.DMChat
class DMChat(params)
- params (
DMChatParams
)Any piece of code in JS that make use of DMs must ideally interact with such objects, instead of direct data from the server.
method getDirectPartnerID() → integer
Get the direct partner ID linked to the DM, i.e. the partner ID of the user at the other end of the DM conversation. All DM chats do have a direct partner iD.
integer
class DMChatParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.direct_partner Object[]
attribute data.direct_partner[0].id integer
attribute data.direct_partner[0].im_status string
attribute data.direct_partner[0].name string
class DMChat(params)
- params (
DMChatParams
)Any piece of code in JS that make use of DMs must ideally interact with such objects, instead of direct data from the server.
method getDirectPartnerID() → integer
Get the direct partner ID linked to the DM, i.e. the partner ID of the user at the other end of the DM conversation. All DM chats do have a direct partner iD.
integer
class DMChatParams()
attribute data Object
attribute data.direct_partner Object[]
attribute data.direct_partner[0].id integer
attribute data.direct_partner[0].im_status string
attribute data.direct_partner[0].name string
module web.GroupByMenuInterfaceMixin
mixin GroupByMenuInterfaceMixin
The aim of this mixin is to facilitate the interaction between a view controller and a dropdown menu with its control panel TO DO: the pivot subview has two types of groupbys so that it will not understand the current implementation of this mixin
mixin GroupByMenuInterfaceMixin
The aim of this mixin is to facilitate the interaction between a view controller and a dropdown menu with its control panel TO DO: the pivot subview has two types of groupbys so that it will not understand the current implementation of this mixin
module web.SearchView
class SearchView(parent, dataset, fvg[, options])
parent
dataset
fvg
options (SearchViewOptions
)
method do_search([_query][, options])
Performs the search view collection of widget data.
If the collection went well (all fields are valid), then triggers
instance.web.SearchView.on_search()
.
If at least one field failed its validation, triggers
instance.web.SearchView.on_invalid()
instead.
_query
options (Object
)
method setup_global_completion()
Sets up search view’s view-wide auto-completion widget
method complete_global_search(req, resp)
Provide auto-completion result for req.term (an array to resp
)
req (CompleteGlobalSearchReq
) – request to complete
resp (Function
) – response callback
class CompleteGlobalSearchReq()
request to complete
attribute term String
searched term to complete
function select_completion(e, ui)
Action to perform in case of selection: create a facet (model) and add it to the search collection
e (Object
) – selection event, preventDefault to avoid setting value on object
ui (SelectCompletionUi
) – selection information
class SelectCompletionUi()
selection information
attribute item Object
selected completion item
function renderChangedFacets(model, options)
Call the renderFacets method with the correct arguments. This is due to the fact that change events are called with two arguments (model, options) while add, reset and remove events are called with (collection, model, options) as arguments
model
options
function updateFilters(newFilters, filtersToRemove) → Array<Object>
Updates the domain of the search view by adding and/or removing filters.
newFilters (Array
<Object
>) – list of filters to add, described by
objects with keys domain (the domain as an Array), and help (the text
to display in the facet)
filtersToRemove (Array
<Object
>) – list of filters to remove
(previously added ones)
Array
<Object
>class SearchViewOptions()
attribute hidden Boolean
hide the search view
attribute disable_custom_filters Boolean
do not load custom filters from ir.filters
module web.field_registry
object instance of Registry
module web.CalendarRenderer
class (parent, state, params)
parent (Widget
)
state (Object
)
params (Object
)
function getAvatars(record, fieldName, imageField) → string[]
Note: this is not dead code, it is called by the calendar-box template
record (any
)
fieldName (any
)
imageField (any
)
Array
<string
>function getColor(key) → integer
Note: this is not dead code, it is called by two template
- key (
any
)integer
module base_import.import
function dataFilteredQuery(q)
query returns a list of suggestion select2 objects, this function:
- returns data exactly matching query by either id or text if those exist
- otherwise it returns a select2 option matching the term and any data option whose id or text matches (by substring)
- q
namespace
function jsonp(form, attributes, callback)
Safari does not deal well at all with raw JSON data being
returned. As a result, we’re going to cheat by using a
pseudo-jsonp: instead of getting JSON data in the iframe, we’re
getting a script
tag which consists of a function call and
the returned data (the json dump).
The function is an auto-generated name bound to window
,
which calls back into the callback provided here.
form (Object
) – the form element (DOM or jQuery) to use in the call
attributes (Object
) – jquery.form attributes object
callback (Function
) – function to call with the returned data
module web.field_utils
function formatFloatFactor(value, field, options) → string
Returns a string representing a float value, from a float converted with a factor.
value (number
)
field
options (FormatFloatFactorOptions
)
string
class FormatFloatFactorOptions()
attribute factor number
Conversion factor, default value is 1.0
function formatX2Many(value) → string
Returns a string indicating the number of records in the relation.
- value (
Object
) – a valid element from a BasicModel, that represents a
list of valuesstring
function formatPercentage(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing the given value (multiplied by 100) concatenated with ‘%’.
value (number
or false)
field (Object
)
options (FormatPercentageOptions
)
string
class FormatPercentageOptions()
attribute humanReadable function
if returns true, parsing is avoided
function formatMany2one(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing an many2one. If the value is false, then we return an empty string. Note that it accepts two types of input parameters: an array, in that case we assume that the many2one value is of the form [id, nameget], and we return the nameget, or it can be an object, and in that case, we assume that it is a record from a BasicModel.
value (Array
or Object
or false)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (FormatMany2oneOptions
) – additional options
string
class FormatMany2oneOptions()
additional options
attribute escape boolean
if true, escapes the formatted value
function formatInteger(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing an integer. If the value is false, then we return an empty string.
value (integer
or false)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (FormatIntegerOptions
) – additional options
string
class FormatIntegerOptions()
additional options
attribute isPassword boolean
if true, returns ‘****’
attribute humanReadable function
- if returns true,
- formatFloat acts like utils.human_number
function formatDateTime(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing a datetime. If the value is false, then we return an empty string. Note that this is dependant on the localization settings
value
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (FormatDateTimeOptions
) – additional options
string
class FormatDateTimeOptions()
additional options
attribute timezone boolean
- use the user timezone when formating the
- date
function parseMonetary(value[, field][, options]) → float
Parse a String containing currency symbol and returns amount
value (string
) – The string to be parsed
We assume that a monetary is always a pair (symbol, amount) separated
by a non breaking space. A simple float can also be accepted as value
field (Object
) – a description of the field (returned by fields_get for example).
options (ParseMonetaryOptions
) – additional options.
float
class ParseMonetaryOptions()
additional options.
attribute currency Object
the description of the currency to use
attribute currency_id integer
the id of the ‘res.currency’ to use (ignored if options.currency)
attribute currency_field string
- the name of the field whose value is the currency id
- (ignore if options.currency or options.currency_id) Note: if not given it will default to the field currency_field value or to ‘currency_id’.
attribute data Object
- a mapping of field name to field value, required with
- options.currency_field
function parseMany2one(value) → Object
Creates an object with id and display_name.
- value (
Array
or number
or string
or Object
) – The given value can be :
- an array with id as first element and display_name as second element
- a number or a string representing the id (the display_name will be
returned as undefined)
- an object, simply returned untouchedObject
function parseInteger(value) → integer
Parse a String containing integer with language formating
- value (
string
) – The string to be parsed with the setting of thousands and
decimal separatorinteger
function formatSelection(value[, field][, options])
Returns a string representing the value of the selection.
value (string
or false)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (FormatSelectionOptions
) – additional options
class FormatSelectionOptions()
additional options
attribute escape boolean
if true, escapes the formatted value
function parseDate(value[, field][, options]) → Moment|false
Create an Date object The method toJSON return the formated value to send value server side
value (string
)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (ParseDateOptions
) – additional options
Moment
or falseclass ParseDateOptions()
additional options
attribute isUTC boolean
the formatted date is utc
attribute timezone boolean
- format the date after apply the timezone
- offset
function formatMonetary(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing a monetary value. The result takes into account the user settings (to display the correct decimal separator, currency, …).
value (float
or false) – the value that should be formatted
field (Object
) – a description of the field (returned by fields_get for example). It
may contain a description of the number of digits that should be used.
options (FormatMonetaryOptions
) – additional options to override the values in the python description of
the field.
string
class FormatMonetaryOptions()
- additional options to override the values in the python description of
- the field.
attribute currency Object
the description of the currency to use
attribute currency_id integer
the id of the ‘res.currency’ to use (ignored if options.currency)
attribute currency_field string
- the name of the field whose value is the currency id
- (ignore if options.currency or options.currency_id) Note: if not given it will default to the field currency_field value or to ‘currency_id’.
attribute data Object
- a mapping of field name to field value, required with
- options.currency_field
attribute digits integer[]
- the number of digits that should be used, instead of the default
- digits precision in the field. Note: if the currency defines a precision, the currency’s one is used.
function formatBinary([value][, field][, options]) → string
Convert binary to bin_size
value (string
) – base64 representation of the binary (might be already a bin_size!)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (Object
) – additional options (note: this parameter is ignored)
string
namespace
function parseFloat(value) → float
Parse a String containing float in language formating
- value (
string
) – The string to be parsed with the setting of thousands and
decimal separatorfloat
function formatChar(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing a char. If the value is false, then we return an empty string.
value (string
or false)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (FormatCharOptions
) – additional options
string
class FormatCharOptions()
additional options
attribute escape boolean
if true, escapes the formatted value
attribute isPassword boolean
- if true, returns ‘****’
- instead of the formatted value
function formatDate(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing a date. If the value is false, then we return an empty string. Note that this is dependant on the localization settings
value (Moment
or false)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (FormatDateOptions
) – additional options
string
class FormatDateOptions()
additional options
attribute timezone boolean
- use the user timezone when formating the
- date
function formatFloatTime(value) → string
Returns a string representing a time value, from a float. The idea is that we sometimes want to display something like 1:45 instead of 1.75, or 0:15 instead of 0.25.
- value (
float
)string
function parseDateTime(value[, field][, options]) → Moment|false
Create an Date object The method toJSON return the formated value to send value server side
value (string
)
field (Object
) – a description of the field (note: this parameter is ignored)
options (ParseDateTimeOptions
) – additional options
Moment
or falseclass ParseDateTimeOptions()
additional options
attribute isUTC boolean
the formatted date is utc
attribute timezone boolean
- format the date after apply the timezone
- offset
function parseFloatFactor(value, field, options)
Parse a String containing float and unconvert it with a conversion factor
value
field
options (ParseFloatFactorOptions
)
class ParseFloatFactorOptions()
attribute factor number
Conversion factor, default value is 1.0
function formatFloat(value[, field][, options]) → string
Returns a string representing a float. The result takes into account the user settings (to display the correct decimal separator).
value (float
or false) – the value that should be formatted
field (Object
) – a description of the field (returned by fields_get
for example). It may contain a description of the number of digits that
should be used.
options (FormatFloatOptions
) – additional options to override the values in the
python description of the field.
string
class FormatFloatOptions()
- additional options to override the values in the
- python description of the field.
attribute digits integer[]
- the number of digits that should be used,
- instead of the default digits precision in the field.
attribute humanReadable function
- if returns true,
- formatFloat acts like utils.human_number
function parseNumber(value) → float|NaN
Parse a String containing number in language formating
- value (
string
) – The string to be parsed with the setting of thousands and
decimal separatorfloat
or NaN